NOVEMBER, 1955

50e

ENGINEERIiNG MUSIC SOUND REPRODUCTION

,

Wondering about the need for a capacitor acro. s the bias resistor of a p -p output stage? See pg. 21

Easily constructed hosing for two It-inch speakers provides exceptionally file quality. See page 17.

THE CONSTANT WIDTH FOLDED EXPONENTIAL HORN USES AND ABUSES OF THE VU METER LA ALTA FIDELIDAD IN MEXICO DESIGN OF BIFLEX

www.americanradiohistory.com 1 1

You may interpret this picture in many ways -but music is interpreted by University in only one way... faitbfully. For information about the speaker systems shown above, please send for Free illustrated brochure A78. UNIVERSITY LOUDSPEAKERS, INC., WHITE PLAINS, N. Y.

Photo by Ray Cicero. 7nstrumeuts courtesy of 7lenry Adler Music Co., N.Y.C. www.americanradiohistory.com NOVEMBER, 1955 VOL. 39, No. 11 Successor to RADIO, Est. 1917.

AUDIO kNI.INF.EHING MUSIC SOUND REPRODUCTION

C. G. McProud, Editor and Publisher Henry A. Schober, Business Manager Harne K. Richardson, Associate Editor Lewis C. Stone, Associate Editor Emery Justus, Canadian Editor Florence Rowland, Production Manager Edgar E. Newman, Circulation Director

"UNIDYNES" Sanford L. Cahn, Advertising Director are the only small size, Special Representatives - all- purpose moving coil H. Thorpe Covington and Dick Knott, Dynamic Microphones that 7530 Sheridan Road, Chicago 30, Ill. reduce the pickup of Mid West Representative - random noise energy by 67 %. 4' San ford R. Cowan, 67 West 44th St., INC' The Unidynes, 55s and New York 36, N. Y. 556s, simplify P. A. West Coast Representatives - installation ... enhance James C. Galloway and I. W. Harbison, your reputation ... insure 816 West 5th St., Los Angeles 17, Calif. customer satisfaction by eliminating or reducing CONTENTS callbacks due to critical gain control settings- Audio Patents - Richard H. Dorf 2 often necessary when New Literature 6 conventional microphones Letters 10 have been installed. Editor's Report 14 The "CW Horn" A Constant -Width Folded Exponential Horn - No wonder the Unidynes D. P. Carlton 17 are used the World over - Effect of the Cathode Capacitor on P -P Output Stage- Robert M. Mitchell 21 more than any other Design of Bifex Loudspeakers -Alexis Badmaieff 24 microphones -for La Alta Fidelidad en Mexico-Otto Mayer -Serra 26 finest quality Fletcher- Munson Again - Norman H. Crowhurst 28 public address ... Technical Aspects of the Briggs Concert -P. J. Walker 30 theater stage Audioclinic -Joseph Giovanelli 32 sound systems Uses and Abuses of the VU Meter -Oliver Berliner 34 ... professional Standards- SOUND- Chapter 2 -Edgar Villchur 40 recording Equipment Report- Rauland "Golden Gate" AM -FM Tuner and TV -Sound ... remote Tuner -New Kingdom- Lorenz Speaker Line-Collaro 2010 Transcrip- broadcasting. tion Turntable-Sherwood S -1000 Music Center Amplifier 46 Record Revue-Edward Tatnall Canby 52 New Products 58 Audio ETC -Edward Tatnall Canby 62 About Music -Harold Lawrence 92 Industry Notes and People 79 Advertising Index 80

AUDIS (title registered U. 8. Pat. Off.) U published monthly by Radio Moraine., inc., Henry A. &Lobs, President; C. G. McProud. Secretary, Ezecutl,e and Editorial (ares, 204 Front St., Mineola, N. Y. Subscription rates -U. 8. Possessions, Canada and Mexico, $4.00 for one year. $7.00 for two years, all other countries, $5.00 per year. Single copie 50c. Printed In U. 8. A. at Lancaster, PL AU rights reserved. Entire contenu copyright 1955 by Radio Maga- SHURE BROTHERS, Inc. sins, Inc. Entered as Second Clam Matter February 9, 1950 at the Poet OftleL Lancaster, Pa. under the Act of March 3, 1879. Microphones and Acoustic Devices 225 W. Huron St., Chicago 10, Illinois RADIO MAGAZINES, INC., P. O. Box 629, MINEOLA, N. Y. Cable Address: SHUREMICRO AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 1

www.americanradiohistory.com "GOLDEN SERIES" HIGH FIDELITY AUDIO PATENTS 7ke*ea/et Zeal RICHARD H. DORF'

BOUND has been becoming ment in a theatre equipped for the system. popular to a certain extent, since Pickup 1 takes sound from track 1 and Sl'°°N'cit does give more realistic sound. One feeds it to the input of three control ampli- of its problems is the requirement for at fiers. The output of each of these feeds a least two and, better, three transmission power amplifier and speaker, the three ' channels. In motion picture work, for ex- speakers being distributed about the stage ample, this is practicable for Cinemascope with one at left, one at right, and one in films since they must be run through spe- the center. cially equipped projectors anyway because Pickup 2 takes control signals from track of the requirement for anamorphic lenses, 2, feeding them to the inputs of three band - and FM -AM HI -FI TUNER provision of the sound pickup equip- pass filters. Each filter passes only one of ment to take care of multiple channels is the three control signals to a rectifier and Here is quality FM (response ± 0.5 db, only incidental. However, standard films thence to one of the control amplifiers. 20 to 20,000 cps) and improved AM, could also be enhanced by stereophony, Each control amplifier has a gain which both most perfectly realized for finest especially on today's wide screens. In this is proportional to the amplitude of its con- reception in a unit only 4" high -at a case, a film normally printed with three trol- frequency signal. While the same sound very reasonable price. Outstanding fea- tracks for sound could not be run on a nor- is fed to all three speakers, the comparative tures: Sensitivity, FM -3 microvolts for mal projector and a separate print would levels in the speakers, controlled by the 20 db of quieting; AM -5 microvolts have to be available for unequipped houses. operator during recording, determine the for 1.5 volts output; separate RF stage The two systems would not be effective source of sound. on FM and AM; discriminator with compatible. C. Robert Fine of Tomkins Cove, Some modifications are is dual limiters; cathode follower with 2 N. Y., possible. If it outputs; AFC; flywheel tuning, FM has invented a system which can be com- not possible to put track 1 on the film at di -pole antenna, etc. patible, and at the least employs only two the normal place so that an unequipped sound tracks for the equivalent of three projector can handle the film simply by sound channels. The patent number is 2,- ignoring track 2, the whole thing can be NEW! HI -FI SOUND FOR TVI 714,633. put on one track, simply by using frequen- Now, make your TV sound "come alive ". Just plug the new RAULAND Figure 1 is a block diagram of the trans- cies above or below the normal band of TVSS Tuner into the unit above and mission or recording system. The audio sig- audio transmitted and keeping the maxi- enjoy TV sound through your hi -fi system. Exclusive with RAULAND. See P- nal from a pickup or microphone of the mum control -signal level well below the hew it soon. normal type is connected to recorder 1 and normal sound level. It is also possible to is recorded on sound track 1 in the usual control the amplitudes of the oscillator sig- way. A second recorder and track are pro- nals of Fig. 1 automatically so that no vided into which three oscillator signals operator is necessary. To do this, three may be mixed, designated as fa, ft., and fe. microphones are used. The sounds from all Each of these oscillator signala has a gain of them are mixed and fed to recorder 1. control and volume indicator as shown, and A separate signal is also bridged from the an operator controls them so that if one is assigned to the right, another to center, 1510 and the third to left, the comparative levels will correspond to placement of a sound. El 0 Maximum level on the left oscillator, me- AMPI. RECDR. 20 -WATT HI -FI AMPLIFIER dium at the center, and minimum at the TRACK 2 Designed for those who appreciate the right, for example, would correspond to finest in Hi -Fi reproduction -the very placement of the sound near the left of the El Ea best for less. Features: Full 20 watts area. response, ± 0.5 db, 20 Figure 2 shows the reproducing equip- AUDIO RECDR output; to AMPL TRACK I 40,000 cps; 6 response curves (compen- SIGNAL sation for all record types); 5 inputs for Electronics Consultant, 855 W. 84th complete hi -fi versatility; separate bass, St., New York $4, N. Y. Fig. 1 treble controls; contour and volume controls; variable damping control; rumble filter, plus many other deluxe A features. In compact cabinet, 4" high. IPICKUP ICONTROL POWER AMPI. A AMPL. A HANDSOME "SPACE- SAVER" DESIGN RAULAND matching "Space- Save?' units are decorator -styled in smart char- FILTER RECT. A coal black with marbleised gold finish, CONTROL POWER control panels in soft brushed brass. No AMPL. AMPL. B cabinets required -fit beautifully any- B 14 where. (Extension shafts available for behind -panel mount.) PICKUP FILTER RECT. 2 B

Hear these CONTROL POWER RAULAND Hi -Fi AMPL.0 AMPL. C 1.1 units at your FILTER RECT dealer's, or write C C for full details RAULAND -BORO CORPORATION Fig. 2 3515 W. Addison St., Dept. C, Chicago 18, 111.

2 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com www.americanradiohistory.com R Special Ampex

Christmas Gift

Fig. 3 Fig. 4 output of each microphone (or microphone level up to a certain maximum, since it is To You preamplifier) and fed to three rectifiers. differential rather than absolute level which Each rectifier will then provide a d.c. volt- is being read. The rectifier and input switch age of level corresponding to the average allow for the measurement of a.c. voltages level of audio from its microphone; and by rectifying them and filtering through you'll get a these three d.c. signals may be used to con- the following resistor and shunt capacitor. trol the amplitudes of the control signals Christmas bonus automatically. Zero Beat Indicator Aural frequency comparison when two certificate Vacuum -tube Voltmeter frequencies must be matched is not the most accurate method. James M. Lawther In Patent No. 2,713,663, John R. Cabbe has invented and assigned to the U. S. gov- worth $75 discloses a simple vacuum -tube voltmeter ernment a zero beat indicator which is whose special virture is a linear scale for simple and may be handy for certain ap- low values of measured voltage. The inven- plications. The patent number is 2,715,699. toward the price tion is assigned to Servo Corporation of The circuit appears in Fig. 4. One of the America; the circuit is shown in Fig. 3. two signals to be compared is fed to the of a 620 The triode is connected as a cathode fol- grid of each section of a duo -triode tube. lower, the output signal appearing at the The mixed signal at the cathode appears cathode. One end of the meter is connected across both series cathode resistors and the amplifier- speaker to the cathode through one fixed multiplier signal at the junction is fed to one elec- resistor and one variable zeroing resistor trode of a neon lamp. The other electrode is connecta the other end of the meter to the connected to a power -supply bleeder with when you buy top of a neon lamp whose function is to the tap adjusted so as to place across the provide a stable reference voltage, which it lamp a voltage about halfway between your Ampex 600 does acting as a gaseous regulator. Under the lamp's striking and extinction voltages. no- signal conditions the tube cathode is at The beat between the two signals, if it is the same potential as the reference. When below the visible flicker rate of about 25 recorder a signal is applied to the grid, d.c. level cps, causes the lamp to flicker and the fre- at the cathode changes and the difference quencies may be adjusted to zero beat by between it and the referent voltage appears observing that the lamp ceases to flicker. This unusual Christmas bonus is be- on the meter. The capacitor across the lower cathode re- ing offered because Ampex wants The linearity of readings is occasioned sistor bypasses frequencies higher than 25 more people to know just how good by the fact that the amplifier is biased in cps. a good tape recorder can be. the center of its linear area, this bias being Anyone who wants to examine a patent The superb Ampex 600 combines adjustable during calibration by the arm may get a copy by sending 25 cents to The on the cathode resistor. This being the case, Commissioner of Patents, Washington 25, perfect pitch, brilliant tone, and output should Le linear with input at any D. C. rugged construction in a light weight portable case. The 620 Amplifier- Speaker matches it in portability and provides magnifi- RARE OPPORTUNITY in High L HLr1.4.7lyfHZe#21 Fidel- cent fidelity that's a real surprise. ity business! Established custom high -fl- delity laboratory in southern Connecticut Together they can be yours for pure %leiien . . has outgrown one-marr ownership. Ad- musical enjoyment, this Christmas ditional national distributor appointments and for many years to come. now greatly Positions Wanted increase profits. To the right This is a special bonus offer that and Positions Open are man with listed here at no charge to industry nor to small capital to invest, a sin- expires December 24, 1955. After individuals who are members of the Audio cere interest in the Audio field and time that date the Ampex 600 and 620 Engineering Society. Positions Wanted to devote to the business, there is a listings from non -members are handled at truly unusual opportunity. combination will revert to regular a charge of 61.00, which must accompany Write Box the request. For insertion in this column, 1102, AUDIO. established prices. brief announcements should be sent to AUDIO. P. O. Box 629, Mineola, N. Y. be- fore the fifth of the month preceding the date of issue. AN EXPERIENCED SOUND SALES- MAN is wanted by one of America's most AMPEX TECHNICAL EDITOR. Five years ex- successful and respected dealers In high - CORPORATION perience writing, also editing of technical fidelity equipment. Located data sheets and instruction books for in the New leading eastern audio manufacturer. York area within easy commuting dis- SIGNATURE OF PERFECTION IN SOUND Supervision of layout and Multilith work. tance of New Jersey and Connecticut. 934 Charter Street Some military instruction book experi- The man Wt. want must be stable and Redwood City, California capable. The ?job we offer carries both ence. Attended Technical Writers' In- in principal U. S. security good Distribution cities stitute. Desire position with manufac- and earnings. If you enjoy (listed in your classified directory under turer to take charge of technical publi- selling and are competent in your know- "Recording Equipment-); distributed cations for audio products. Box 1101, ledge of hi -fi gear, tell us about it in a in Canada by Canadian General AUDIO. note to Box 1103, AUDIO. Electric Company.

4 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com EXCITING STEREOPHONY RIGHT IN YOUR LIVING ROOM

THE AMPEX 612 STEREOPHONIC SOUND SYSTEM

Overwhelming! The startling realism of true stereophonic sound that only a siperb tape machine can provide. And what a gift for the famiy. The 612 achieves vivid reproduction ... music that seems to have actual presence right in the living ,00m. It plays full and half track tapes too. Complete Stereophonic Sound System, i, custom designed cabinets, is priced at $699 -a lasting investmert in listening and enjoyment.

SUPERB RECORDING ANYWHERE

THE AMPEX PORTABLE 600 & 620

Perfect! =or the discriminating music lover ... hi -fi fan ... professional m Jsician ... or talented youngster, the Ampex 600 is the finest tcpe recorder you can give. is brilliant tone and precise pitch combine with rugged construction for years of trouble -free performance. The 600 costs $545. The matching 620 Amplifier -Speaker is priced at $149.50. Together, in handsome Samsonite carrying cases, they form a complete integrated system - portable perfection it sound.

Distributors in principal cities (see your local Telephone Direct 'y under "Recording Equipment. ") Canadian distribr.tion by Canadian General Electric Company. SIGNATURE OF PERFECTION IN SOUND

934 Charter Street, Redwood City, California

www.americanradiohistory.com NEW LITERATURE G & H Wood Products Co., lac., 99 N. 11th St., Brooklyn 11, N. Y., makers of Cabinart speaker and equipment en- closures, has adopted an interesting ap- proach to the cataloging of its cabinetry with the introduction of four handsomely - designed folders. Folder 1 is concerned with Cabinart fine -woods cabinets and as- sembled, ready -to -finish equipment cabi- nets. Folder 2 is devoted to kits. Folder 3 details the latest Rebel horns and the new Rebel Ortho speaker systems. Folder 4 is a not - too -technical discussion on wall storage cabinets and cabinet kits. Copies of the folders may be obtained from Cabi- nart dealers, or will be mailed free upon request to the manufacturer. V -1 Livingston Electronic Corporation, Liv- ingston, N. J., lists picked tapes from the libraries of twelve labels, Including a large variety of two -channel stereophonic selections, in a new master catalog of pre- recorded tapes available in the Livingston Master Tape Treasury. Material ranges from Latin -American music, Dixieland, and Popular to full symphonic works. Labels represented include Atlantic, Bos- ton, Audiosphere, Esoteric, Hack Swain, Oceanic, and others of similar prominence. LOOK FOR THE For the time being all releases are limited to a speed of 7.5 'vs in order to Insure best performance of the greatest number REDHEAD TAG of available equipments. Ultimately, the catalog will include 3.75 -Ips releases when such coverage is justified by equipment ...SIGN OF QUALITY PERFORMANCE availability. V -2 Weston Electrical Instrument Corpora- tion, 614 Frelinghuysen Ave., Newark 5, N. J., illustrates and describes its corn - More and more tape recorder plete line of test equipment in new cata- log R36A. Included are all instruments manufacturers are displaying this for servicing TV, radio, and other com- munications equipment, as well as in- tag. It identifies a Redhead - dustrial electronic and electrical equip- ment. Also described is the new Weston a quality unit. simplified method of visual alignment, equipped unit ... an accurate and money- saving procedure for servicing TV receivers. Copies of the Redheads provide faithful catalog are free, direct from the manu- facturer. V -3 reproduction over an extended CGS Laboratories, Inc., 391 Ludlow St., range. This is the of Stamford, Conn., graphically details the frequency result various steps necessary in processing a patent application in a new 20-page book- painstaking attention to design let which is being offered without charge to the engineering profession. The booklet details: a very narrow gap for high Is titled "Preparing for Patent- Hood," and was written by Elton T. Barrett, CGS frequency response, precision Laboratories president, who for many years was a practicing attorney in New lapping for gap uniformity, a finely York. Professional engineers may obtain a copy by writing to the address shown laminated structure for high above. V-4 Redheads are available in standard half efficiency. In addition Redheads track, and full track models. Telectro Industries Corp., 35-18 37th St., Long Island City 1, N. Y., describes are designed for high output, are and illustrates in considerable detail the firm's facilities for design and manufac- well shielded and non - microphonic. SOME OF THE LEADING ture of electronic and electro- mechanical TAPE RECORDERS devices, in a new 24 -page booklet which will be mailed on request. Also covered Whether you're selecting or USING REDHEADS are some of the company's products, in- Ampro "Classic ", "Celebrity ", "Hi. cluding tape and wire recorders, precision designing a tape recorder, look for Fi, two -speed ". signal generators, public -address systems, Bell & Howell "Miracle 2000 ", "TDC Inter -com systems and photographic the Redhead. For complete Stereotone". dryers. A special section of the brochure Broadcast Equipment Specialties Is devoted to Telectro's new encapsulation information write Brush Electronics "Tapak" "Newscaster" "Narrator ". techniques for transformers and high - Columbia Records "Columbia Tape voltage power supplies. V -5 Company, Dept. Y -11. 3405 Recorders ". Daystrom Electric "Crestwood Magnecord, Inc., 1101 S. Kilbourn Ave., Perkins Ave., Cleveland 14, Ohio. Electronic Teaching Laboratories Chicago 24, Ill., has announced publica- "Electro- Dual ". tion of a booklet which defines 207 valu- Pentron "Dynacord ". able uses for a tape recorder In today's modern living. It segregates the 207 uses into classifications such as professional, educational, church, business, recreation, etc. The booklet also illustrates the sim- plicity of recording and playing back, and BRUSH ELECTRONICS COMPANY gives tips on methods for preserving and using tape recorders for best results. Re- INDUSTRIAL AND RESEARCH INSTRUMENTS quests for copies should be directed to PIEZOELECTRIC MATERIALS ACOUSTIC DEVICES Division of the Advertising Department at the ad- MAGNETIC RECORDING EQUIPMENT AMO COMPONENTS AIM Clrrilr Corporation dress shown above, and must include a lll0501111(S remittance of twenty -five cents. V -e

6 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com FOR THE MAN WHO DEMANDS THE FINEST... For the man who wants a high fidelity system of truly professional quality built into his home, Altec is proud to offer this outstand ;ng group of integrated components. This 30 to 22,000 cycle high fidelity system reflects fully the faultless performance for which Altec is renowned. In addition Altec's consultant service will provide the assistance in installation planning that will assure your enjoyment of the full potential of your Altec Lansing home music system. The high fidelity system illustrated is available from better high fidelity outlets. Outstanding Altec systems are priced from $324 to $1009.

ALTEC FIDELITY IS HIGHEST FIDELITY!

Dept 11 -A ALTEC 9356 Santa Monica Blvd., Beverly Hills, California 161 Sixth Avenue, New York 13, New York

loudspeakers reproducers amplifiers preamplifiers tuners enclosures

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 7

www.americanradiohistory.com ow! Take your

Famous acetate - backed "Extra Play" Tape 190 -new economy price saves you 28% Here's your chance to buy the magnetic tape everyone's talking about -at a special new economy price! It's popular "SCOTCH" Brand "Extra Play" Magnetic Tape 190, first long play tape on the market and still the best seller. With 50% more recording time on every reel ... higher fidelity .. . strength to spare ... high potency oxide... "SCOTCH" "Extra Play" Magnetic Tape 190 has been making recording history. Buy now and save 28% on every reel!

Both these COTCH Magnetic Tapes BRAND

EASIER THREADING with new "Loop -Lok" reel! Saves time... saves tape! It's "SCOTCH" Brand's exclusive "Loop -Lok" reel. Just loop tape around the new -design center pin for instant threading. Tape locks tight without necessity of troublesome wrap- around, 'yet releases fast at end of reel.

The term "SCOTCH" and the plaid design are registered trademarks for Magnetic Tape made in U.S.A. by MINNESOTA MINING AND MFG. Co., St. Paul 6, Minn. Export Sales Office: 99 Park Avenue, New York 16, N.Y. V 1955 3M Co.

8 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com choice of backings

New polyester- backed (Made from Du Pont's "Mylar " )" Extra Play" Tape 150 for extra strength Years ago "SCOTCH" Brand pioneered tough polyester- backed magnetic tape for experimental government orders. Now you can enjoy the same benefits of .,,,,, "SCOTCH" Brand research and develop- ment with new "Extra Play" Magnetic Tape 150. "SCOTCH" Brand's extra - 04:2- strength polyester backing assures you long- lasting recordings ... perfect tape performance in all weather, all SçO;Tar climates -(It's "Weather- Balanced "!) Magnetic rape

feature "Loop -Lok" reel and high -potency oxide! __ =II =II =IL ---- oxide .-- CRISP, BRILLIANT SOUND thanks to newest coating! a _ By laying fine -grain oxide particles in aneat, orderly pat- ma tern (as shown here), "SCOTCH" Brand is able to pack ------I long play tapes in thousands more particles than standard .-=II SE= -_-MI -to produce a super- sensitive magnetic recording surface. w----.11=--1/---- Mo._ "Mylar" is a registered Du Pont trade -mark. SCOTCH &mzzley Magnetic Tapes

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 9

www.americanradiohistory.com right from LETTERS Sealed Records

the start . SItL In a recent issue (June, 1955) Mr. Canby referred to his mention of sealed music records about two years ago, and we recall that at that time he brought up the analogy of milk, a product sold in containers so the that lives one we buy is surely not one that was tasted by another prospective purchaser. He also mentions the present condition of and grows sealed records which -in many instances - can be opened and resealed. In other words, they are records in not only a plain card- board jacket but also with removable underwear. During the past two years, records have been shipped -by at least one manufac- AN /%& turer-in plastic bags under the regular ASSOCIATE cardboard jackets, and the bag was heat sealed so it could only be opened by cutting the sealed part off with a pair of scissors. The purpose of the plastic bag inside the jacket was to provide a fairly tight cover- //1Lwf ing over the record so that if it slides in- side the cardboard (luring shipping, the 11 plastic would get wretched instead of the record. Tests showed this protection was very effective. The heat seal ensured the SPEAKERS TWEETERS COMPONENTS buyer an unplayed, unscratched copy. It did not ensure a copy without manufactur- ing defects inasmuch as these cannot al- ways be detected by visual inspection, and the manufacturer cannot play every disc. This type of packaging was introduced in the summer of 1954, and it was followed by a steady drop in sales for the whole catalog, as well as complaints from cue - tomers who refused to buy records without first listening to them and by retailers and distributors to the same effect. The percentage of returned discs increased tremendously, although many of the discs returned showed no more defect than an occasional scratch which could only have been inflicted on it after the opening of the bag. The only explanation of this Your Sound System GROWS UP... Never phenomenon about returned merchandise that was found was that since people could RIGHT FROM THE START, Lorenz gives not listen to records before they bought you full listening enjoyment, plus the them, they listened to them afterward, and satisfaction of knowing that Lorenz LP312-1 if they did not like the music (and who years -ahead engineering and craftsman. 12" SPEAKER can be expected to like all music?) they re- ship enables you to plan your present With Coaxial turned the records to the store. Since the and future i Tweeter sound systems! Lorenz Assembly seals were broken, the store had to send Speakers and Components are designed these discs back to the manufacturer in for expansion, permitting your system played, scratched, and unsaleable condition. to Grow with your requirements - or, As it turned out, two records had to be you can expand and improve your pres- made in order to sell one, and the 5 per ent system at little cost. There's no limit cent margin of profit does not allow this. to your music enjoyment! No similar condition existed before the rec- ords were sealed. LISTEN TO LORENZ! You'll understand If Mr. Canby were a manufacturer, what why Lorenz is the choice of sound would he do? Only two choices seem to be engineers and high fidelity enthusiasts - available- increase the price of the prod- acknowledged favorites for their crisp, uct to make it possible to absorb the cost clean tonal qualities that add the of the returned discs or stop sealing the miracle LP312.2 of life to the magic of music 12^ SPEAKER records. In this case the latter was chosen. reproduction. Three generations of With Diaxial I am sure other manufacturers have ana- Lorenz research and technical mastery Tweeter Assembly lyzed this problem, even though they may guarantee Lorenz quality -performance. not have tried out the sealing for them- selves. It is a serious problem, for Vinylite EXPAND AND IMPROVE ANY SOUND SYSTEM WITH LORENZ is as soft as butter compared with a worn sapphire 1 -mil stylus as it is normally L P208 1P65 HORN HP -1 TB -1 L TB -2 e" LOUDSPEAKER available in listening booths when handled TYPE TWEETER AWL' HIGH PASS FILTER Use wide ranee TWEETER as Provides high by the shaking hands of those who rushed speaker, or at part For 2, and 3,wal 01 in ASSEMBLIES frequency cante of erpandmt systems, 1 ewa am Duuae. in to make a purchase. The almost indes- lor speaker -Crossover system Fns across any system, frequency 5.000 cps ü" sp eeeee. tructible (except breakable) 78 -rpm discs are gone. If the public were willing to ac- cept it, I am sure the manufacturers would Lorenz Quality Speakers and Components are surprisingly low in cost. be only too glad to provide a "sanitary " See and Hear them at your fidelity dealer Write for Catalog A 11 disc -it was tried and the public said no. PETER BARTOK, Bartok Records, Exclusive U.S. Distributors KING Dom PRODUCTS, Ltd. 113 W. 57th St., KINGDoI Park Place New York 7. N Y. wOrlh 4.8555 New York 19, N. I.

10 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com What is the best tuner?

LOTS and lots of tuners around these days. Best- frequency response on AM, too (less Some must be better than others. than 2 db down at 5 kc). Meaning true high - But how do you know which is best? fidelity not only on FM but on AM as well. You listen. You compare. And your eye This is something no other tuner offers. and ear will tell you plainly ... National's And capture ratio? Again, the best. Rejects Criterion. co -channel interference and unwanted sig- What you hear is true high-fidelity ... the nals up to 80% as strong as the signal you lowest over-all distortion of any popular desire. FM sensitivity? Experts say it's the tuner on the market -less than 1% for full most sensitive tuner they've tested! 75kc deviation on all signals above 4 uv. AM sensitivity? Equally outstanding! Or let's put it in chart form and see how the So compare the Criterion on AM, on FM- Criterion compares for over -all FM distor- separately, or together in binaural and simul- tion at 40 db S /N. Like this .. . taneous listening. Compare for response, A $ 12.8% selectivity, distortion, sensitivity ... on any Tuner 89.95 basis you like. Tuner B 165.00 4.3% So many tuners? Yes. But only one Criterion. Tuner C 184.50 10.8% Definitely, demonstrably best! Tuner D 131.50 3.9% Better hear it. Available only at authorized National Critericn AM -FM Tuner. CRITERION 189.95 1.2% full -line National distributors. Horizon 5 plug in preamplifier optional zit extra cost.

Write Dept. A -111 tar f tI specif- catiors

Authorized LAI line National Company NATIONAL COM'.sNY, INC. distributors cre identified by this sign 61 SHERMAN ST., 4.ALDEN. MASS. Manufacturersationa of high -fidelity record changers, AM /FM tuners, preamplifiers, amplifiers, and speaker systems.

www.americanradiohistory.com HOOV. THE ARM THAT SETS

A NEW SOUND -STANDARD IN HI -FI Likes Less Dynamic Range SIR: For years, Mr. Canby's RECORD REVUE has given thorough reports on recorde, but they are almost always "classical." I, Ortho -sonic v/q too, was a classical hound for many years. I abhorred the lighter music such as TRACKS COURSE OF ORIGINAL RECORDING STYLUS "Oklahoma," etc, and jazz was just out of my listening realm. However, I finally woke up to one thing. When I played records, others had to hear them too. It was the effect on them that should reflect in satisfaction to me. When playing a classical record with bombastic moments, I would be asked to turn the volume down (Where have we heard that before? ED.) and when I did, the quieter portions of the record were hardly audible. There was something wrong -my friends would rather talk than listen to these rec- ords. It couldn't be the equipment, for it is of fairly high quality, involving many dollars and around 25 years of audio ac- tivity. I finally concluded the music others wanted to hear was of a more even volume level and selections with which they were somewhat familiar. I have disposed of all of all my classicals and gone entirely over to the lighter types of music. Now my friends go through the stack of records eagerly and ask for many of them to be played. Why? Because they are familiar with these numbers-when played, they will listen, and often hum or sing with the music. NO TRACKING ERROR NO SCRATCHING NO FUMBLING Moral: Give people the type of music they like and they will enjoy it. Too few ORTHO -SONIC DOES NOT MINIMIZE ... IT ELIMINATES TRACKING ERROR people are sufficiently musical to enjoy and appreciate the classicals. In ORTHOSONIC V/4 you get the only multiple precision ball bearing arm which guides the stylus ADOLPH HOEFER, radially (from edge to center in a straight line). This action duplicates the exact path of the original 8330 Kingsbury Blvd. cutting stylus. Distortion due to tracking error is completely eliminated. Clayton 24, Mo.

NO OTHER TONE ARM GIVES YOU THESE FEATURES Putting Hi -Fi House in Order Scratchless Starting -Faultless Stopping. A slight tilt of the arm lowers your stylus on the record. SIR: A gentle contact is assured each time ... regardless on what spot you want to start your record. You At last it has happened. We've waited don't touch the cartridge when you stop -just tilt the arm. No scratching is possible. a long time for this one. Sam Goody is a Another exclusive feature of ORTHO -SONIC is the accurate cueing it affords by the permanent indexing genius for writing it and you are a hero for publishing it. scale, magnified at the reference. point of You can start any designated passage of your record without As the AES Annual Report of a few fumbling! This feature alone makes the ORTHO -SONIC a MUST for professionals and hi -fi enthusiasts. years back succinctly stated, if we don't put our (Hi -Fi) house in order, they (the nonprofessionals) will do it for us. Let us all bow our heads in reverent silence for one minute while we give thanks to Mr. Goody for making the first dose so palat- able. And now that the ice has been cracked may I ask volunteers to join a society in Easy to install. Two screws, an "Nothing rolls like a ball." Four precision Fits all popular model cartridges favor of requiring all magazine publishers the job is done. Plays records up ball bearings are the heart of OR HO- -including turn -over types. Sim- to require all authors and all advertisers to o transcription size. Adjustabl SONIC V /4. Movement is practically fric. ply slide cartridge in place and submit complete performance data or their o any height turn table. tionless. Torque less than 1 gram. Maxi. tighten thumb screw. Adjust mum record life assured. weight in seconds. manuscripts, copy, etc. will be rejected. And may I offer as a suggestion to both authors and publishers that all graphs of SCIENTIFIC TESTS BY LEADING LABORATORIES performance of something vs. frequency be plotted either as volts, amps, watts, etc. FIND ORTHO -SONIC V/4 "FIRST RATE" vs. frequency on logarithmic coordinates or with db vs. frequency on semilog paper "Less than 2% I. M. distortion at all Tracking forces from 1 gram up ... No resonances could be found using a scale in which 20 db equals one between 35 and 1,000 cps ... Installation and leveling of the V/4 are unusually easy to accomplish ... decade on the frequency scale. (Sorry, General listening quality of the arm is first rate ... Cueing is remarkably precise ... when the stylus AUDIO has always used 30 db per decade. is lowered it generally falls in the same groove it was playing ... Needle talk was negligible. No ED.) acoustic resonances could be heard ... it delivers its optimum performance at tracking forces as We all know what 6 db per octave means, low as 3 grams . and we know that it has a 45° slope. When some joker publishes a transducer curve with either a warped frequency scale or a ORDER YOUR ORTHO- SONIC cramped db scale, it is, to say the least, BARD RECORD COMPANY INC. misleading. V/4 AT OUR RISK 668 Mechanic Street, New Rochelle, N. Y. Three cheers, anyhow, for starting the V,.4 $/I 1150 A low Price For This Enclosed find $ for ORTHO -SONIC new bandwagon in high gear. Tone Arm(s) postage). is that if I am not aaf`f NET Precision Instrument (including It agreed BENJAMIN B. DRISKO, completely satisfied, I may return same within 10 days for 25 Fottler Road, full refund. INTRODUCTORY SHOW- PRICE: Hingham, Mass.

NAME ONLY $3995 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 VALID ONLY UNTIL NOV. 30, 1955 ADDRESS

You -II save its cost many times over by preserving the life of your records CITY & STATE www.americanradiohistory.com NOW HEAR THIS... for improved high fidelity GOODMANS LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEMS featuring the New Axiom 22 `Friction- Loaded' Mark II $72.95 Axiom enclosures We have always stressed the importance of the baffle to loudspeaker performance - and now we have the ideal example of a close -to- perfect combination. Actual comparison tests and listening trials were conducted with Goodmans Loudspeakers mounted in different types of baffles. In every Axiom 150 instance, the new Axiom 'friction -loaded' Mark II $53.50 enclosures produced a marked improve- ment in sound quality. It appears that this design brings out the full inherent performance of the loud- speaker. Friction loading is an entirely original principle. It was developed by a famous British physicist while working on an acous- tical project for Goodmans Industries. At present, there are four enclosure designs available:

MODEL 180 - for use with a single wide 'range Axiom 80 loudspeaker. MODEL 172 Axiom 80 $68.50 - for use with a single wide range Axiom 22 or 150 loudspeaker - or an Audiom 12 -inch 'woofer' with Axiette an Axiette or Axiom 80 as a $23.20 two-way system. MODEL 280 - for use with two Axiom 80 loudspeakers operating as a wide *Made in England range single system. MODEL 480 - for use with four Axiom 80 loudspeakers operating as a wide Prices slightly higher on wort coast range single system.

ME MUE[ o. Comblete do -it- yourself construction details are available, and will be furnished on request.

For complete information, write to Dept. OL -1 ROCKBAR CORPORATION 215 East 37th Street, New York 16, N.Y. In Canada: A. C. Simmonds and Sons, Ltd., Toronto, Ontario

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 13

www.americanradiohistory.com EDITOR'S REPORT

1955 AUDIO FAIR that afternoon to see just how good our modern audio TUli BIGGEST AUDIO event of the year has just ended equipment really is. For and -in our opinion-it was the greatest to date. the earlier portions of the concert, this observer Some of the more jaded audiofans were heard to was seated in the third row -a position that placed say that there was nothing new -just different models the string quartet only about two-thirds of the dis- of the same old amplifiers, tuners, loudspeakers, and so tance from listener to loudspeaker. This made a differ- on. But that is just what makes an audio show so in- ence in level on the material involving quartet and teresting-there are different models, literally hun- tape of what we would guess to be 2 db. The added dreds of them that are the result of thousands of hours closeness made the oboe seem brighter live than re- of planning, styling, engineering development, and corded, though it is possible that it may have been so just plain hard work. True, there weren't hundreds of anyhow. At the average listener's distance from the radically new items, but on the whole the manufac- stage, the difference between the distance to musicians turers are to be congratulated on the showings and to loudspeakers would have been a much smaller they made. Pickering's new low- crossover condenser percentage, and would undoubtedly have been un- "tweeter" deserves special notice because of its "win- noticed. In fact, it is assumed that when the levels were dow on the studio" quality. Though we have long been set the engineers were somewhat further from the stage familiar with the smootht-b s of the Janszen, which than this listener was. crosses over at 1000 cps, the new unit which crosses A second fault observed was the phase differences over at 400 cps gives us an idea of what to expect from from the four speakers-only one or two were used full -range condenser loudspeakers -several units of for the quartet and piano numbers -since the differ- which are under development. Perhaps that's for next ences in distances were appreciable in the third row. year. However, since most of the audience seemed to be There is always enough of interest to keep anyone enjoying the music greatly, it was felt that a change busy at an audio show -four days hardly seem enough of seat might make a difference, and we moved back to see everything. And to those of us who go to all the to the twentieth row. There the levels were compar- shows -which may be construed as either a privi- able, and the phase difference from the four speakers lege or a duty, depending on one 's interest in audio - was eliminated, and, in fact, the differences between something new will always turn up. live and reproduced sound were much less. In our Regrettably, Boston came too late in October to be opinion, reproduced music came off very well at this reported here. But next month comes Philadelphia concert, and many doubts should have been dispelled and Mexico. Our spies will have to cover Philly -we 're at the results. 2600 were attendance, and since going South -'way South. Nothing is ever quite so Some people in interesting as the first audio show in a city which has Carnegie Hall seats only 2760, it may be considered a were not been favored with one before. sell -out-only a few seats in the top balcony un- Exhibitors at the Philadelphia Hi -Fi Show, Novem- occupied. Mr. Briggs' droll Yorkshire wit was called on the ber 4-6, may be found at the Benjaman Franklin charming, delightful, and entertaining, and whole U. S. audio history. Hotel where their products may be seen and-best of the event was a milestone in with short all- heard. The thirty-six exhibitors at the First Mex- Mr. Walker concluded the afternoon a ican High Fidelity Fair may be found at the Hotel technical description of the equipment used-and this Reforms in Mexico City, same days. We have already talk was expanded into the article beginning on page seen the program for that event, and it is striking and 30. most unusual. ' We feel that one of the most important points in the entire demonstration was the showing of instantaneous power requirements for various types of music. There THE BRIGGS CONCERT were many times when the total exceeded 60 watts, and Regardless of its official name, the concert staged even then the reproduced sound never seemed too loud by Gilbert A. Briggs with the collaboration of P. J. for the hall. Now we are toying with the idea of repro- Walker in Carnegie Hall on October 9 is now known ducing the power level indicator for our own educa- to New York audiofans as the Briggs Concert. In many tion. respects this lecture-concert was a revelation to those who attended, because the similarity of the original AUDIO CANADA sound to that reproduced via tape or record, ampli- Off to a latish start, but off, nevertheless. The Cana- fiers, and loudspeakers was surprisingly close. Not dian insert, that is. And just after getting it under that one couldn 't tell the difference, naturally, but way, our editor for Canada collects himself some germs many of those who criticize reproduced music as being or virii (if that's the plural of virus) at the New York completely inadequate in comparison to the original Audio Fair. We trust we shall resume the AUDIO performance should better have been in Carnegie Hall CANADA insert for our Canadian readers in December.

14 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com the first really new pickup in a decade

Made by perfectionists -for perfectionists. retain their top "sheen" indefinitely, The FLUXVALVE is literally the exhibiting no increase in noise .. . cartridge of the future, its unique Even a perfect stylus can't prevent design meets the demands of all a pickup with poor frequency char- presently envisioned recording acteristics from permanently dam- developments, including those utiliz- aging your "wide range" recordings. ing less than 1 mil styli. With this revolutionary new pickup, There is absolutely nothing like it! The tracking distortion, record and stylus FLUXVALVE Turnover Pickup pro- wear are reduced to new low levels. vides the first flat frequency re- The FLUXVALVE will last a lifetime! sponse beyond 20kc! Flat response It is hermetically sealed, virtually The FLUXVALVE has easily replaceable styli. The styli for standard and microgroove record assures undistorted high frequency impervious to humidity, shock and playing can be inserted or removed by hand, reproduction - and new records wear...with no internal moving parts. without the use of tools.

For a new listening experience, ask your dealer to demonstrate the new FLUXVALVE...words cannot describe the difference...but you will hear it! "FOR THOSE WHO CAN PICKERING at CO., INC. HEAR] THE O C E A N S I D E , L O N G I S L A N D , N.Y.

P I O N E E R S I N H I G H F I D E L I T Y f DIFFERENCE"

...Demonstrated and sold by Leading Radio Parts Distributors everywhere. For the one nearest you and for detailed literature' write Dept A -9

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 15

www.americanradiohistory.com Telephcne sc ence produces an important new rectifier

At Bell Laboratories one line of re- the bulks cooling equipment of other search is often fruitful in many fields. metallic rectifiers. Latest example is the silicon power In the Bell System the new rec- rectifier shown above. tifier will supply direct current more Product of original work with semi- economically for telephone calls. It conductors-which earlier created the can also be adapted to important uses transistor and the Bell Solar Battery in television, computers, industrial -the new rectifier greatly reduces the machines, and military equipment. size of equipment needed to produce Thus, Bell Telephone Laboratories large direct currents. It is much research continues to improve te- smaller than a tube rectifier of equal lephony -while it helps other fields performance and it does not require vital to the nation.

B E L L T E L E P H O N E LABORATORIES Above, new rectifier (held in pliers) is contrasted with comparable tube rectifier and its filament transformer, rear. Mounted on a cooling plate, lower center, the IMPROVING TELEPHONE SERVICE FOR AMERICA PROVIDES new rectifier can easily supply 10 amperes of direct current at 100 volts, that is 1000 watts -enough to CAREERS FOR CREATIVE MEN IN SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL FIELDS power 350 telephones.

www.americanradiohistory.com The "CW Horn" A Constant -Width Folded Exponential Loudspeaker Horn

A of modest size which achieves the degree of realism necessary for high -quality sound reproduction. The secret ? -a Lolded exponential back -loading horn which gives smoothness and an extended low- frequency range to its complement of one or two 8 -inch speakers.

D. P. CARLTON

THE CONSTANT -WIDTH FOLDED EX- high efficiency of the cone and back - been chosen, the width may be changed PONENTIAL HORN which is described loading horn combination. The goal of from horn to horn without altering the herein has been developed in a series my experiments has been to develop a exponential features. of intermittent experiments which have smaller enclosure with a lesa complicated The basic unfolded form of the "CW continued since early 1942. My interest horn maze which would retain and per- Horn" is shown in Fig. 2. The values was aroused in 1939 by Combs' article haps surpass the fine qualities of the for L, W, ht and hot are found in the on a homemade exponential horn. It was "Combs Horn." The result is shown in next paragraph. The horn must be built to back -load an 8 -inch speaker. I Fig. 1. folded for two very practical reasons. assisted in the construction of several Out of the experiments has come a The most obvious reason is to fit the Combs horns and my colleagues and I folded exponential horn designed with horn into a box of convenient size and were impressed by the unusually fine, a constant width between its two parallel shape. The second reason is equally im- low -frequency response, the over -all sides. It has a rectangular cross -section portant. The horn itself transmits only clarity and crispness of the tune, the un- the height of which varies exponentially, the lower range of frequencies. How- usual sensation of presence, and the along its length, from the throat to the ever, by properly folding the horn the Box 2180, Houston 1, Texas. mouth. This type of horn has been given driving speaker may be used as a direct ' E. E. Combs, Jr., QST December the name "CW Horn ". In such a horn, radiator for the important middle range 1939. oree the length and rate of flare have of frequencies.

Fig. 1. Vertical mounting of small unit described makes a suitable high -quality speaker for the smaller room, as shown at left. For different decor, the horizontal mounting, right, may be preferred.

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 17

www.americanradiohistory.com . e':- :7

Figure 3 shows the folded expon- Excellent performance may be ob- ential horn incorporated in this en- tained from the enclosure with one 8- closure has a length, L, of 6 feet and a inch cone speaker, preferably one with constant width, W, of 17 inches. The a rather low natural resonance and a cross -section is rectangular. The height cone surround sufficiently flexible to of the cross- section varies exponentially permit wide excursions of the cone at from 13/4 in., ht, at the throat to 10 in. low frequencies. The low- frequency at the mouth. The corresponding response will be well down into the lower cross- section areas are 30 and 170 square 40 -cycle per second range and it will be inches. According to McLachlan' a horn real, not the result of doubling. The use have a low- of these dimensions would of a pair of 8 -inch cones will produce cut-off of 25 cps. This horn frequency a better over-all performance than a 1 designed so as not to was deliberately Fig. 2. Development of the exponentia single cone, especially in the low -fre- limit the low- frequency of any 8 -in. horn follows recognized principles. quency spectrum. When desired, the that might be used with it. speaker high-frequency range may be increased In the present version of the CW which the speakers are to be attached as by the use of a tweeter. Horn, a length L was selected so that the folded exponential horn. Although There are those who ask the question : when acting as an open organ pipe it the external dimensions are modest, the "Why not use a 10, 12 or 15 inch speaker would have a fundamental frequency enclosure gives exceptional performance to drive the horn instead of 8 -inch f, of about 90 cps to avoid any horn when used in high -quality homé music speakers?" The case for the 8 -inch cone resonance near the principal hum fre- systems. It should be noted that the arises from the fact that because of its quencies of 60 and 120 eps. Using the present configuration of the parts makes shorter radius it will be stiffer and formula, fr. 1100/2L, (where fr is 90 use of almost the total cubic content of stronger than the larger cones. In oper- eps and 1100 feet per second is the and produces an inherently ation, it will begin to function as a pis- velocity of sound in air), the calculated d'e cabinet rigid structure. The material required to ton at a higher frequency than the value of L is 6 feet. box can be cut from a single speaker with the larger cones. There The arrangement of the partitions, build the x 8 ft. sheet of plywood with less than also will be less tendency for the smaller Fig. 3 shows the driving chamber to 5 per cent waste, and the use of a cone to buckle or otherwise lose its shape stiffer ' McLachlan : "Loud Speakers," p. constant width for the folded horn re- in driving the horn. The smaller, 183. Oxford Press. sults in remarkable ease of assembly. cone is better adapted to handling the

Fig. 3 ilefti. Internal construction of the folded CW Horn before mounting the second side. Fig. 4 (above). Finished CW Horn with two 8 -inch Jim Lansing speakers and a University tweeter. Black tape on side indicates internal construction.

18 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com O S o

BACK SIDE 17 1938 I7 . 1I 1 4 17 . 311 2 17 ., 33

o 0 o B o o

END END SIDE W N. 17 . 814 17 x 17 I' 17 17 . 33 17 . 189/16

10 CI 17 x 21/13 19 17 x 2 I7 O 17.73/4 CUT 20 0 17 .' 17.21/2 17 0 00 . 67/16 1' . 133,4 SPEAKER PANEL 8 17.101/4 JIG ENDS I6 17 . 31/2 JIG PLATE 17,4 13 17.21/4

Fig. 5. Layout for cutting a single sheet of Vs inch plywood into the necessary individual pieces for construction of the CW Horn.

high pressures developed by the long dimensions of 33 in. high, 181/2 in. wide cone -travel required to produce low -fre- Finishing Nails and 17 in. deep. Many varieties of fl- quency sound. The 8 -inch cone will also inch cone speakers and a few 10 -inch give a superior mid -range response and cone speakers have been tried. Different eliminate the need for a mid -range varieties of material in various thick- speaker. nesses, different lengths of horn, rate of flare, sizes of throat and mouth have Selection of Speaker been tried. The speaker enclosure which most acceptable size, In choosing 8 -inch cones, there are combines the economy of structural materials and many excellent hi -fl units upon the mar- ket. Permoflux, Stromberg-Carlson, Uni- BEVEL CUTTING JIG Saw Bled. reasonable cost of electronic components -all is versity, Electro- Voice, Phillips, Jensen, with the best over performance herein described. Some 50 to 60 Altee, Lorenz, Stephens, Jim Lansing, the one of these horns are now being used by and the new PanaSonic are among the it more prominent manufacturers. For local hifi enthusiasts. Make one, equip You will marvel tweeters you may turn to University, properly, and listen! ;it enclosure Electro- Voice, Stephens, Jensen, or the performance of this Lorenz. which certainly belies its size and cost. Figure 4 shows a CW Horn with a Construction mounted complement of speakers. Upon the Aide of the enclosure a projection of The construction of the "CW Horn" the horn maze, speaker cavity and is an excellent project for the amateur speaker has been shown to convey a builder, especially if he has access to a better understanding of the utilization power table saw and a power jointer. of the space within the box. Where two The plywood sheet should be cut into cone speakers are used it is necessary the 22 rectangular parts required as to mount the tweeter in the mouth of shown in Fig. 5. The cutting of the the horn. When using a single cone bevels where indicated becomes a simple NVRIP speaker and a tweeter both may be job. Those who have no power equip- mounted on the panel. The orientation ment may be able to persuade the mana- of the tweeter is dictated by the choice ger of the neighborhood planing mill to of the builder as to whether the horn cut up the plywood sheet and make the is to be operated in a horizontal or bevels. The box can be made with band vertical position. tools. In this ease, use fillets of soft, Over the long period of development straight grained lumber, which is easy BEVEL GAUGE TEMPLATE of the "CW Horn" numerous models to bevel with a hand plane. A medium - have been built. A conscious effort was coarse, flat bastard file, 10 or 12 inches made to keep the over-all dimensions Fig. 6. (A) Layout of the jig designed to long, is a good tool for making bevels modest, always reasonably close to those facilitate cutting the various bevels. on plywood where a relatively small of the described enclosure which, when (B) Bevel -gauge template for the angles amount of material is to be removed. made of 3/4 in. plywood, has external used. The photographs and construction de-

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 19

www.americanradiohistory.com tails should furnish sufficient data to with the smooth audace down. Clamp enable anyone possessed of a reasonable these two pieces together and drill the degree of skill to make the "CW Horn" screw or nail holes, marked on part 4, with little or no difficulty. One skilled through both pieces simultaneously. amateur, equipped with proper tools, An airtight horn is essential. There- built an enclosure in 4 hours; most fore, use glue generously and plenty builders will require 8 or more hours. of nails or screws. A small can of Perhaps each builder will see different Reardon's or Walton's water putty will ways to make the box; however, there be found very useful for filling in voids are pitfalls that may lead to wasted which are often found in plywood. These material and unnecessary expense; materials do not shrink upon drying therefore, for the first enclosure it is and both are excellent putties. Fig. 7. Photograph of the ¡ig shown in advisable to follow the orderly plan Fig. 6. which experience has shown to be good, Assembly and which will be found in the para- graphs that follow. 78 to 86 deg. can be readily and safely Experience has shown that the actual cut on the power jointer. assembly of parts may be divided into Procedure Having completed the preliminary several well -defined phases which are Before the required materials are details of cutting up the plywood sheet, as follows : purchased, a choice should be made as to making the beveling jig, and cutting the Phase 1: Fasten parts 1, 2 and 3 to- whether to build with screws or 8d bevels, preparation for the construction gether with plenty of glue and nails and finishing nails; there is actually little or of the box begins with parts 4 and 18 in turn fasten part 4 to their lower no preference. which are hereinafter called the top and edges. Check with a square for rectangu- Cut the plywood sheet (A -D exterior bottom "sides," respectively. During larity and then fix parts 5, 6 and 7 in grade is preferable) exactly as directed construction the horn mouth is usually place as in Fig. 9. The front edge of in the cutting layout, Fig. 5 and number kept to the left, and the horn is built part 7 will eventually be part of the each piece properly as it is cut. There with the right side down -hence the speaker panel seat while the back edge will be 22 rectangular pieces, 20 of terms top and bottom "sides." will control the position of the right end which have the constant -width dimension Lay the bottom side (4) on the bench, of part 15. of 17 inches. The two exceptions are smooth surface down. Draw on its upper Phase 2: This involves parts 12, 11, parts 21 and 22 which eventually become "rough" surface the data shown in Fig. 9, 10, 13, 8, and 14 ( Fig. 9) , which are part of the speaker panel seat. 8 with the exception of the fillets 5, 6, assembled in that order. The use of A number of the pieces must be 13, 14, 16, and 17. Locate accurately temporary cleats M, N, R, S, T, and beveled with one or more of the angles points A, B, C, D, E, F and O. Draw the U bradded directly to the upper surface indicated at (A) in Fig. 6. A simple lines AB, CD, EF and AG. These lines of part 4, will be a great help in keeping template which may be used to mark the control the positions of parts 8 through these pieces in their proper positions. pieces or set a machine can be provided 14 and 15 through 17. Spot the posi- Alternatively, this group of parts may by using a strip of cardboard 6 to 8 in. tion of the holes to be drilled for the be assembled on a bench or another piece long and 34 in. wide, one end of which screws or nails which are to hold the box of plywood in a duplicate set of cleats can be marked by use of the bevel gauge together. and the assembled parts set into place template, Fig. 8, and then the cardboard Builders may find it desirable to make as a whole on the upper face of part 4 cut off at the required angle. a complete full scale drawing of Fig. after Phase 3 is completed, Fig. 3. The bevel cutting jig of Fig. 6 is 8 on tracing paper or brown wrapping Phase 3: This involves assembly of pictured in Fig. 7. It is a proven device paper and by means of carbon paper use parta 15, 16, and 17. iá place. Tempo- for cutting the bevels accurately and it to transfer pertinent data to the top rary cleats O and P, Fig. 9, are used to safely with a power saw. It is especially of part 4. keep the left end of part 15 in its proper useful with the bevels varying from 31 Lay part 18 on the bench, smooth sur- position. to 49 deg. Those bevels which vary from face up, and place part 4 on top of it (Continued on page 74)

33 \\\-. . M FOLDED s_l,e /- C\ "C W HORN" 7-15/16' sr RYKOOD THROUGHOUT

2,,, Ó 1 2 6

Y rrir ,

15 TINOST 111-10 \ . SPEAKER .¡ ffir CIATY MOUTH ill 11 t S. /2' i, IM g Dr r.

Fig. 8. Assembly of the horn, with pieces numbered n accordance with Fig. 5. Fig. 9. Method of simpl fying the assem- Layout dimensions are shown. bly by use of tempora y locating strips.

20 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com Effect of the Cathode Capacitor on P -P Output Stage

ROBERT M MITCHELL

Because of the fact that some amplifiers use a bypass capacitor across the cathode resistor in the push - pull output stage and some do not, the conclusions reached in this paper should be of considerable inter- est. Note, however, that these conclusions refer only to Class A amplifiers, while most modern ampli- fiers are designed to work up into the Class AB region.

ITH THE CONTINUED INTEREST in is one of the results of a balanced stage. audio circuitry and design, it has The Initial Approach W become worthwhile for the audio engineer to re-examine some of the pro- Figure 1 shows the basic push -pull cedures that formerly were taken largely output circuit with signal voltages for granted. Among these procedures is labeled and the bypass capacitor in the use of the by -pass capacitor in a question, Ck, shown in series with a Class A push -pull output stage. The pur- switch which will allow it to be inserted pose of this capacitor seems evident or removed at will during the course enough, yet the engineer is constantly of measurements. It should be noted finding circuits without this component that this is the common type of push pull and just as frequently finding circuits circuit, and the entire discussion which with it. To make the matter more puz- follows is confined to this circuit and zling still, he will read one author's ad- does not necessarily apply to the "single - monition that its use is absolutely neces- Fig. 1. Basic push -pull output stage a - ended" or "series d.c." type of push -pull sary, and another's that its use is ranged to switch capacitor in or out of circuit. specifically to be avoided. circuit for measurements described. The actual amplifiers used in the test In view of this ambiguity of opinion, were the UTC W -10 Williamson ampli- differences it was felt that a test of the common cathode, it is also true that fiers, since these conform almost exactly would be interesting. The results, which since they appear as in -phase inputs at to Williamson's circuit. (See Fig. 2.) are not always as anticipated, are each grid, they are cancelled in the First Tests presented in this article, along with push -pull stage. some evaluation of the outcome. The Another and more serious charge is The first measurements made were of nature of this investigation necessitated that the even -order distortion ternis of total harmonic distortion, using a Gen- effects the examination of some of the all kinds which pass through the cathode eral Radio Type 1932 -A Noise and Dis- of balancing techniques in the output resistor may cross modulate with the tortion Meter, and a low- distortion stage as well, and the results of this input voltage and thus introduce addi- oscillator. The input frequency was 50 phase of the undertaking are also pre- tional intermodulation distortion terms cps and measurements were made at sented here.' which, not necessarily being in phase power levels from 4 watts up to over- with each other, may appear in the load. These initial tests were made on using 5881's in the output The Problem output. an amplifier As a representative of the other ( "un- stage, and gave very consistent results. Proponents of bypassed cathode op- bypassed") school of thought, William- The addition of the bypass capacitor eration maintain, among other things, son states : ( Wireless World, May always increased the distortion, regard- that since the even -order harmonic terms 1947) "A feature of this arrangement less of power level. The increase was which are generated in the output stage is that the valves operate with a com- very slight, but nevertheless very definite. of necessity pass through the common mon unbypassed cathode bias resistor, The total distortion was small, so it be- cathode resistor, they therefore appear which assists in preserving the balance came very difficult to measure, especially between grid and cathode of both tubes, of the stage under dynamic conditions," since the distortion of the oscillator it- are thus introduced as signal, and ap- and in the August 1949 issue : "Due to self was of the same order of magnitude pear in the output. While it is quite true the use of common unbypassed resistors as that of the amplifier. Consequently, it that these even harmonic terms do appear for the push -pull stages, the amplifier was decided to measure the performance as a voltage drop from each grid to the is largely self-balancing to signal...." without feedback. This change would Here, then, are the two opposing views increase the distortion, of course, but on and the reasons advanced would not affect the action of the ° 31 Dunham Road, Hartsdale, N. T. the subject, for each by their respective proponents. capacitor. The results of this test were ' The measurements described here Although the reasons advanced seem to similar, with distortion increasing when were made at the laboratories of the (See Fig. 3). during be different, it is reasonable to assume the capacitor was used. United Transformer Company consistently the period when the author was director that reduction of distortion is also the These results were obtained of those laboratories. effect desired by Williamson, since this after numerous checks and rechecks, in-

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 21

www.americanradiohistory.com eluding tests at higher frequencies (500 switched in and out of the circuit and greater relative change in distortion, the and 2000 cps). Several curves were the comparisons made point -by -point on closer the system was to balance, with the drawn and the data was about to be as- an A -B basis. Care was taken to prevent greatest differences in the two conditions sembled for write -up when it was decided any transient disturbance during connec- taking place when the currents were ad- to substitute some other type of output tion or disconnection of the capacitor justed to produce a minimum of third tubes and see if there was any difference. from being included in recorded data. harmonic. This is shown clearly in Fig. 5. Accordingly, a pair of 1614's was substi- The condition for minimum third har- tuted and the tests re-run. The results Results monic was also found to occur very close were as complete reversal a of the trend The outcome of the harmonic distor- to that for minimum second harmonic, so as could be imagined! Almost every test tion measurements of (1) was very in- close in fact that the two were practi- showed lower distortion cally coincident. with the capaci- conclusive at low frequencies. The addi- tor in the circuit. A typical measurement tion of the capacitor either reduced or For example, whén the currents were is illustrated in Fig. 4. view of such In increased the distortion depending on adjusted for minimum unbalance or conflicting minimum results, it was decided to re- which type of tube was used, and even third harmonic, addition of the measure with as many different tube varied among tubes of the same type. At capacitor produced changes of the order types and amplifiers as possible. Conse- the higher frequencies, however, the of two or four to one. When the currents quently, the test schedule outlined below addition of the capacitor quite consist- were greatly out of balance, however, was evolved. ently increased the distortion. the addition of the capacitor caused (1) Four different stock amplifiers This ambiguity of results pointed up changes of the order of only 10 per cent less, with 1614 tubes were checked for total the need for a more refined analysis, so or although the distortion terms harmonic distortion on a distortion the next step was to measure the individ- were much larger, of course. It was also meter. ual harmonic components on a wave found that the condition for minimum (2) The same four were checked for analyzer. A fundamental frequency of individual harmonic distortion compo- 50 cps was chosen, and the second and 5.0

nents on a wave analyzer. third harmonics were checked, with out- rEEOBCK-WITHICK -0Øo I (3) The measurements of (2) were put tube currents adjusted to produce -WITHOUT 1.1,

_Q9.2 db FEEDBACK -WITH C. ` made with different degrees of current these four different conditions: 4.0 ' unbalance. ® 19.2 eC - WITHOUT Cÿ (1) Minimum unbalanced current i (4) One amplifier was checked with i (2) Minimum 3rd harmonic in 3.0 four different sets of tubes, all of the i output i which are directly interchangeable in the output SD 2.5 (3) Maximum unbalanced current 0111.111111711 UTC W -10. These four sets included 2.0 in one direction two pairs of 1614's and one each of 1.5 (4) Maximum unbalanced current mgt KT66's and 5881's. 1.0 (5) The amplifier of (4) was in opposite direction 0.5 checked for intermodulation distortion Again the results were indefinite, with ®IIIIIIF o with the three tube types mentioned different tube types or different tubes of 2 6 e 10 12 14 K above. the same type giving different results, b 115n1 (6) The amplifier of (4) was ex- and no preponderance of results one way Fig. 3. Harmonic distortion curves on amined for transient distortion by the or the other. Figure 5 shows a graphic am- plifier of Fig. 2. with and without bypass square wave method, with differing de- comparison of the results of this test for grees of current unbalance. two particular pairs of output tubes. capacitor. (7) All measurements were made An interesting, and rather unexpected, with the 100 -µf bypass capacitor finding was that the capacitor made a unbalanced current was generally not the condition for minimum harmonic dis- tortion. This is not surprising, since the D. NO.2 NO.1Bi. fact that the two tubes are in static bal- v2a,C V3 ance (d.c. conditions) does not mean C2 7N7 1614 05 C5 R16 that they are also balanced dynamically

C3 5-63 (a,c. conditions). The purpose of the balancing arrangement in the "William- son" amplifier is primarily to minimize c the unbalanced d.c. current in the output transformer primary, and thereby in- 7N7 crease the low- frequency response, while simultaneously reducing core saturation. C< C6 o .05 Intermodulation Distortion R2. 1,200. .10 APPROPRIA E The next step was to measure the in- v. C. TAP termodulation distortion of the amplifier,

V5 and since the method of measurement 5V4 G was not that most widely used, a brief R+ NO I v discussion 01 of the technique will be of NO C6 5+ 2 interest. 01 Intermodulation distortion occurs when two or more frequencies interact so as to produce frequency components which are proportional to the product of the input frequencies. One result of such a rela- Fig. 2. Complete schematic of first amplifier used in these measurements. tionship is the production of frequencies

22 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com must be pointed out, however, that due 1.fr to the difference in method of expressing percentages in the two methods, equiva- 1A-TYPE 1614 -PAIR Ä lent percentages are not indicative of

1 /' equivalent degrees of nonlinearity. The ,,,, t.t-- Rk ONLY SMPTE values appear relatively high z Rk Bn11 Ck u '--- while the CCIF values appear relatively W to- O. low for the same nonlinearity.2 2 In using the CCIF method of measure- ó 0.1 ment two procedures are commonly used. i One is to select two fixed input frequen 0 0.s 1- cies and measure the distortion as the N ¡ S power output is varied. The other is to 0.4- two audio select a fixed power output level and to Fig. 7. Method of connecting vary the two input frequencies simul- oscillators to provide CCIF type of IM sig- 0.2er. '.__r__ taneously, maintaining a constant dif- nal without introducing intermodulation ference frequency. The first is rather in the mixing circuit. 0 B 9 10 1 12 13 the second readily accomplished, whereas tion, and consequent intermodulatiou, VCLTS ACROSS 15 OHMS either a special oscillator such requires between the two oscillators. Radio 1303 -A, or two as the General The CCIF intermodulation tests were Fig. 4. Same measurements as Fig. 3 with oscillators calibrated with sufficient ac- different pair of tubes in the amplifier. performed using both methods mentioned These curves are plotted a different scale. above. When distortion was measured as 2.0 a function of power level, the following LJ t , 1 CO-RI, : 2 relations were taken into consideration equal to the sum and difference of the îo I I R, ONLY Since two frequencies are involved, a two input frequencies, or of one input K 1.5 complex (nonsinusoidal) wave is pro- and harmonics of the other, etc. This 2 of an ordinary o 1614 duced, and the indication GE action is the basis of our common system 1.0 TUBES vacuum tube voltmeter is, therefore, not of amplitude modulation, where the pro- 50 cps valid in determining the power level by duction of such sidebands is a necessary z formula P =E2 /R. Fur- Ú 0.5 the customary feature of the process. In the commonly thermore, since one wave rides the other, used (and most familiar) method of in- á the peak value of the two waves may Fi termodulation tests, a high -frequency BAL MiN 3 MAX MAX reach a value equal to the algebraic sum UNBAL tone (the carrier) is modulated by a low - UNBAL of the individual waves, with the result - frequency tone, and the resulting side 2.0 that overload can occur for two frequen- bands detected and measured by a suit- cies when each is only one -half the am- able circuit. plitude required for overload by a single Although this method is an excellent 1.5 frequency. (See Fig. 8) Since each wave indication of nonlinearity which gener- amplitude, 5881 is only one -half the maximum ally correlates closely with listening tests, 1.0 TUBES it can produce only one -quarter the it was found that another method gave 50 cps power of a single maximum -amplitude results which sometimes seemed to corre- from two such 0.5 wave. The power available late even more closely. This second waves without any possibility of over- method of intermodulation distortion load is, therefore, only one -half the measurement also utilizes the fact that BAL MIN 3 Max MAX power available from a single -frequency difference frequencies are produced. In UNBAL UNBAL wave. The curves for the CCIF intermod- method, called the CCIF this generally Fig. 5. Comparative distortions with dif- ulation tests are calibrated in terms of method, high- frequency tones of two ferent types of tubes in the output stage volts as read on an audio -frequency in equal amplitude and separated fre- show different results. (Continued on page 75) quency by a fixed amount are applied to the device under test. The output is measured by a wave analyzer tuned to curacy to enable the difference to be one of the distortion frequencies such as readily distinguished from the dial set- SMPE 1,- or 2f, - ft, and the distor- tings. The stock oscillator in the UTC f2f,- f b, o, 02 b2 tion voltage is expressed as a percentage laboratories is a decade -type oscillator of the sum of the two input voltages. with an accuracy of four places, and fz-2f1 /,-f1 f2 fe+fl 121.2f1 FREOUENCy 6 inter - is ideally suited to any such Figure shows the two types of consequently X Y modulation in graphic form. One notice- application. able feature cdf the CCIF type is the Two such oscillators are used with the location of the difference -frequency com- simple mixer -potentiometer circuit shown o bl b2 ponent f,- f,. Since this component is so in Fig. 7 to provide control of frequency 2f1- f2 f, 1 2 2f2- FREOVFl1[y far removed from the two input frequen- and output of either oscillator and the cies, there is less tendency for the signal over -all voltage output. The isolating DISTORTION be interac- QUADRATIC CUBIC to mask the distortion as there might resistor networks prevent any B+oe bt +be SMPE in the SMPTE method, or in the CCIF Y Y DEFINITION u I:4+ b, method for the 2f,- f2 and 2f,- f, terms. CCIF 2 two methods of xx x +Y This difference tone is particularly ob- A discussion of the -Y intermodulation distortion measurement jectionable when it falls in the region of in Com- will be found the General Radio of frequencies pres- maximum sensitivity of the ear (400 to pany Technical Publication B -3, The Fig. 6. Comparison 5000 cps), and is noticeable in amounts Measurement of Non -linear Distortion, ent in two different types of intermodu- as small as a fraction of one per cent. It by Arnold Peterson. lation measurements.

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 23

www.americanradiohistory.com Design of Biflex Loudspeakers

A description of a new series of double -compliance cones just introduced to the hi -fi market and a discussion of the operating principles of loudspeakers of this type.

ALEXIS BADMAIEFF

HE CONE -TYPE LOUDSPEAKER iS one example, equipped with an aluminum of the simplest forms of transducer voice coil, can be designed to have ex- T for transforming electrical energy cellent high frequency characteristics, into acoustical radiation. The familiar but very little power can be radiated at single -cone speaker consists of a radi- low frequencies by such a small radi- ating paper cone driven by a voice coil ating area. If such a small cone could be attached at its apex and moving in the combined with a cone of larger area so narrow gap of a magnetic circuit. Cur- that the bass response would be im- rents in the coil react with the magnetic proved, then the advantages of a small field to produce the forces required to surface area, reproducing the high fre- move the cone. Because of its simplicity quencies, and the advantages of a large of design and economy of construction, surface for reproduction of good bass the single -cone speaker is used in vir- could be realized. Because of cost con- tually all inexpensive radios, television sideration, such a structure should be sets, cars, and industrial sound systems. driven by one voice coil, and retain the The frequency range of these speakers simplicity of a single -cone construction. is quité limited when they are built at One way to achieve the performance lowest cost. When the application will of the combined double-cone loudspeaker support the cost of additional refine- would be to have the smaller cone re- ment, the frequency range can be produce high frequencies and the com- extended and a smoother response Fig. 1. The new Altec Model 412A bination of the two cones reproduce the achieved. Despite the ingenuity of de- Biflex loudspeaker. middle and low frequencies. This can be signers, however, compromises must be accomplished by introducing a compli- made between low- frequency and high - ance in the middle section of a large frequency reproduction when a single speakers. Two -way loudspeaker sys- single cone. The compliance permits cone must be adapted to the full range. tems are much more costly than the the outer portion to become decoupled To provide a response that equals or single -cone speaker and many music at high frequencies, in which region the surpasses the hearing spectrum of the lovers find them beyond their reach. inner area becomes free to vibrate with- human ear, more complex speaker sys- Much effort has been expended to add out carrying the mass of the outer area. tems are required, usually comprising substantially to the range of the single Below a "crossover," the reactance of two units. In such systems, a speaker de- speaker and still retain its low cost at- the compliance will become high in rela- signed for low frequencies reproduces tractiveness. If its frequency response tion to the mass of the outer area, and be made down to the deepest bass and a high - can uniform from extreme bass the two areas tightly coupled will then frequency speaker reproduces up to the to within half an octave of the hearing act as a single cone. Construction of such highest audible tone. An electrical cross- limit, it would approach the response of a cone is shown in Fig. 2. The stiffness over network is usually used to divide hi -fi loudspeaker systems of two or three of the mid -compliance could be so the sound spectrum between the two times the cost. A relatively large cone chosen that it places the "crossover" is necessary for the radiation of reason- at, for example, 1,000 cps. The compli- ° Engineer, Chief Transducers, Altec able amounts of power at low frequen- ance would consist of two concentric Lansing Corporation, 9356 Santa Mon- cies, but large mass limits effectiveness corrugations in the cone, as shown in ica Blvd., Beverly Hills, Calif. at high frequencies. A 6 -inch cone, for Fig. 1, terminating the smaller inner area and acting as its edge compliance. Above 1,000 cps, the inner portion of the cone alone would be driven by the voice coil and radiate effectively while the larger outer area would be essentially motionless and act as a baffle for the smaller cone. A curved contour given to the outer area of the cone further im- \EDGE COMPLANCE proves the high- frequency response be- \.o4EER AREA cause of the avoidance of difficulties from close -by irregularities in the nor- MID COMPLIANCE. mal cabinet baffle surface. At frequen-

ER ...Gm EREOUENCV ARIA cies below 1,000 cps, the two areas move

> I \VOICE CO, COLLAR in unison and constitute an effective low - frequency radiator. Fig. 2. Double- compliance concentric cone, with nominal dimensons. It is probably fairly obvious that such

24 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com preparation, when dried, becomes a viscous plastic layer which acts effec- LMI RA LAi LM2 RA2 LA2 tively as a resistance, and does not lose I I It III tll this property with the passage of time. To further reduce irregularities in the -all response characteristic, the M RM2 over magnitude of the mechanical resistance in the edge compliance Rm= is raised to es damp the low frequency branch of the network and to prevent reflections from the edge of the cone. The wave motion, as it travels from the center of the cone out to the rim, is substantially absorbed by the mechanical resistance of the damping layer and prevented from re- a loudspeaker with a double -compliance cone. Fig. 3. Analogue of flecting back. This action greatly reduces the standing waves in the cone which a system would perform well at low be 180 deg. out of phase with the veloc- would appear as serious irregularities and high frequencies. The action in the ity in the first branch if the shunt con- in the response of the cone. The edge - region of "crossover" is more complex. tains capacitance only, but 90 deg. out of compliance portion of the cone is con- It was recognized from analysis of the phase if the shunt is resistive only. This siderably thinner than the cone proper mechanical system that disturbances will be apparent when it is recognized in order that the stiffness would he re- would occur in this region due to shift that the second branch velocity is de- duced to the point where it will resonate in the relative phase of the velocities of rived from the drop across the shunt with the cone assembly mass at about the two members. Tests of a cone con- branch divided by the impedance of the 50 cps. The same viscous material could taining the simple mid compliance fully second branch, and that the latter im- be used to accomplish this purpose. confirmed this expectation. pedance is dominated by mass reactance. Careful attention to the design of the In this analogue, the total output is voice coil and the inner portion of the Equivalent Circuit proportional to the sum of the squares cone was required to gain the maximum of the two velocities multiplied by their high -frequency extension of the over -all The reason for the irregularities and respective radiation impedances. Con- range and to secure a smooth character- the explanation of the operation and sequently, by increasing the resistance istic in this region. An efficient light functions of the various component of the mid compliance, the phase dif- of edge -wound aluminum ribbon was double-compliance cone can coil parts of the ference in the two branches cannot sub- Determination of the detailed explained by the use of an adopted. best be stantially exceed 90 deg. of the cone was worked out electrical analogue. A simpli- contour equivalent The increased mechanical resistance experimentally through a series of fied analogue of the double -compliance could be achieved by applying a layer measurements in an anechoic chamber. cone is shown in Fig. 3 and its me- of viscous damping liquid to both sides chanical schematic in Fig. 4. The analy- of the cone at the mid compliance. This (Continued on page 1) sis of the analogue is as follows. The TABLE I mechanical generator F represents the force produced by the currents in the Voice Coil Flux Magnet Res. M fg. Hole Nominal Dia. Depth Hole Density Weight voice coil reacting with the magnetic Type Freq. Watts Imped. I.D. tg' Dia. Gauss r lbs. i r I max flux in the air gap of the magnet as- Ohms Inches sembly. The force produces a velocity 408A 8" 75 15 8 1.760 81/a" 31/2" 6v," 10,000 0.65 in a network consisting of a lumped 412A 12" 50 20 8 3.005 12í/e" 53's" 10'4" 11,400 1.8 mass Lm, of the voice coil and inner 415A 15" 45 25 8 3.005 15 3/16" 7" 13'4" 13,500 2.4 area of the cone, the air mass Le, act- ing on the two sides of the cone, the radiation resistance of the air Ra the RM2 mid eompliance C, and its small me- this we% chanical resistance Rm,. Up to MOMN: point, this is a typical analogue of a LA2 FRAME single -cone loudspeaker if "edge com- RA2 pliance" is substituted for "mid compli- C2 ance." This element in a conventional single cone would represent the com- LM2 pliance provided between the conical surface and the frame. However, there LAI is now a second branch added in par- allel with Rm, and C, consisting of mass Lm, representing the outer area of the LM cone, the added radiation resistance Ra<, the radiation mass let 2, the edge com- Vdira pliance adjacent to the frame Cs and its NI= mechanical resistance Rm 2. The low -

frequency branch is driven by the inner 1 POLE PLATE cone through the mid compliance C,. As POLE PIECE AIR GAP a rough approx_mation, we can assume / \ that above the frequency of resonance of Lm La, and C the velocity in the Fig. 4. Double- compliance cone with voice coil in a magnetic air gap. One half of second branch (Lm;. La, and C:) will assembly shown.

AUDIO NOVEMBER. 1955 25

www.americanradiohistory.com La Alta Fidelidad en Mexico*

OTTO MAYER-SERRA"

From the editor of a record magazine-which regularly carries a 24 -page section devoted to hi -fi -come these comments about the increasing interest in audio among our neighbors to the South, where the people are being treated this month to their first Audio Fair

THE OPENING of the first Mexican which for over 15 years has had the sales which give a very approximate Audio Fair this November 3rd at the clientele of the exclusive and demanding idea of the scope of the audio business elegant Hotel Reforma is expected group of professional people (lawyers, in Mexico. Possibly about 500,000 LP to augment the interest of the general doctors, judges, bankers) who custom- records are imported annually from the public in High Fidelity, which is just arily patronize symphony concerts and United States. To this must be added starting to fascinate our real music lovers other good music, has also been the the national production of popular music and to become a fashionable hobby of biggest seller of audio equipment. Their on 78 and 10 -in. LP records. There are the so- called classes. 35 upper About annual sales of equipment are about four factories in production : RCA Vic- companies will participate in the Fair, $100,000, an amount approximately tor Mexicana, Panamericana de Discos and will exhibit some 85 different prod- equal to their record sales. There is only (who bring out the Musart label and ucts, mostly American and some Euro- one other store coming close to this press Capitol) ; Peerless, and Discos pean, English predominating among the figure; it was opened about a year ago, Columbia de México. Beginning next latter. The Fair is being organized by and for the first time offered a great year, a Decca plant will start operating the AMIAF (Asociación Mexicana de number of different labels, exhibited in in Mexico, financed exclusively -as are Impulsores de Alta Fidelidad), an as- a variety of combinations in an attrac- Panamericana and Peerless-by Mexican sociation of "promoters of Hi -Fi," which tive shop. The novelty of their installa- capital. In Mexico City, there are about was formed about a year ago by a small tions made them very popular and suc- five stores which annually sell around group of distributors and representa- cessful, and their example will be $100,000 dollars worth of records. The tives. Little by little, they have con- followed in the near future by others, other 275 agencies -as well as the 380 vinced the whole industry that it is a who will open big and flashy new audio shops in the provinces -which sell LP, good thing to get together and stimulate shops. Up to now, the audio stores, with fall far behind this figure, but all to- interest in audio for the common benefit. the one exception mentioned, handle ex- gether and combined with the record de- As elsewhere, the interest in Hi -Fi clusively one or a few products, and partments in several big department equipment started, of course, with the generally are representatives. stores they absorb the total amount of most sophisticated connoisseurs of classi- Exact figures about sales are difficult imported and locally produced records. cal recorded music. It is significant that to obtain. The official statistics are not And this is not counting the 35,000 juke up to now, the biggest record store, up to date, and the different companies boxes all over Mexico, the largest con- High Fidelity in Mexico. jealously guard the secrets of their sales sumers of the 78 and 45 records. Editor, "33 1/3" Magazine, Apar- figures. However, from varying sources, So far as figures are concerned, it is tado 8688, Mexico 1, DF. we have gathered some data on record clear that the audio market of Mexico is not yet "big business" by American standards. But it is steadily growing and all the companies which represent equip- ments claim that during the last four years -that is, since they have started bringing in audio elements for home use -their sales have increased 100 per cent each year. The "big boom" is still ahead, but it will come within the next 2 years. It will take more time to develop here than in the states, because of certain con- ditions prevailing in Mexico. Like all Latin countries, Mexico is predominantly agricultural, and is strug- gling hard to achieve the technological advancement standard in the highly - industrialized Anglo -Saxon countries. Although the Mexican technician is skill- ful and has a great deal of imagination, he is not self- confident enough to ap- proach new problems in fields or with equipment he does not dominate. If he has a wide experience, with, let us say, the Rek -O -Kut turntable, which he has Mario Aguilar (standing), chairman of the Organizing Committee of the Fair, explains handled at most of the radio stations, he its purpose in a meeting of representatives and distributors of audio. Seated, left to will touch a Collaro or a Thorens only right, are Adolfo Rodriguez, Manuel Angel Fernandez, and Merle B. Hayes -treasurer, reluctantly. The same thing is true of president, and vice -president, respectively of AMIAF. amplifiers and pick -ups. Further, cabinet

26 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com makers are still slow, and sometimes un- reliable, in dhlivery of their products. This means, in a word, that service here is still deficient. More than one Hi -Fi fan becomes irritable or desperate when the technicians struggle for months to make his newly acquired audio equipment work properly. Electronic engineers are rare, and the few existing are connected with the big companies, like General Electric, Stromberg- Carlson, and Philips, or with the University or the Polytechnic High School, or with one of the television sta- tions. On the other hand, very few of the owners of our hi -fi stores are themselves really specialists in audio, although they and their assistants are learning all the time, and probably this handicap will be overcome shortly. Another condition affecting the audio industry is the fact that Mexicans, be- cause of the character of their country, are not naturally technical minded. Al- Sound room of oneof Mexico's oldest and mos fashionable record shops, owned by though there exists a League of Short- Don Gustavo Alegre. wave fans, with a limited number of members, the general public is unable to with European achievements than with ferred. Something similar is true regard- solve even the smallest technical or me- those of the United States, in the field of ing audio equipments : the Garrard chanical problem. You will never find art. It is common talk that the American dominates the field of record changera the man who attends concerts in the is "materialistic," incapable of spiritual completely, and the Leak and Quad are Palace of Fine Arts putting up nails to appreciation. Part of this roots in the increasing steadily in amplifier popular- hang pictures, painting his kitchen, or deep religious feeling of the Mexican, ity. The day German industry goes into repairing his car. "Do it Yourself" has who, though he lives in one, does not high fidelity, it is sure to find a wide not hit Mexico and would get a cold re- really accept a completely secular or- market in Mexico. ception. The Mexican who buys Hi -Fi ganization of life. which is the American Because of high protective duties, rec- equipment will use it for a long time, and ideal. ord changers are assembled here through he lacks the -nechanical curiosity of the The high -speed and the over -brilliance arrangements with some big radio or American, who is constantly trying out of Toscanini or Mitropoulos perform- television assembling plant, or by the new devices and working to improve his ances (so liked in the States), are here distributor himself. Probably within less equipment. Nevertheless, a change is valued less than the profound spiritual than a year the sane thing will happen being observed. More and more people and emotional impact of readings by with amplifiers. Two companies led by are intrigued and excited by new labels, conductors like Furtwängler. Jo.hum, young Mexican electronic engineers have and when their neighbors in the fashion- Kubelik, Karajan, or Kletzki. This is the brought out and marketed their own able suburbs get better and more expen- reason why labels like London, Angel, amplifiers, with excellent acceptance. One sive equipment, they are likely to start and Deutsche Grammophon (imported very small FM station is already work- looking around in their favorite shops directly from Germany) are among the ing many hours a day, and before the end until they make up their minds -or are favorties of the real connoisseur. The of the year, another one planned on a talked into -improving their equipment. wonderful roundness of tone of the larger scale will open and push the sales The bright future of Hi -Fi in Mexico latter two contribute to make then pre- of a cheap FM reeeiver, as well. lies in the tremendous love of Mexicans for good music. Over six years ago, when the first LP's appeared, the owners of big 78 record libraries were indignant, and considered the microgroove record to he a trick of the big companies to devalu- ate their recorded treasures and oblige them to invest more money in the new disc. But they very quickly realized the enormous superiority in quality, and one year later the 78's were as dead an issue in Mexico as elsewhere. The Mexican public is more interested in the music itself than in the sound qualities of the record. Although a high standard of sound reproduction is fully appreciated (the wide acceptance of Westminster's Laboratory Series proves this), the buying of records is chiefly because of interest in a specific work and its interpreters. Because of their politi- cal history and cultural background, the Mexican people are more impressed One corner of Mexico's newest audio shop, owned by Jahn M. Coleman.

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 27

www.americanradiohistory.com Fletcher- Munson Again

A discussion of the possibility of introducing compression in the low frequencies to limit the loudness range in an effort to have signal -controlled loudness compensation.

NORMAN H. CROWHURST*

LOUDNESS LEVEL CONTOURS, first pub- require wading through a great many job -incorporates two separate controls: lished by Fletcher and Munson in a articles and a considerable amount of a loudness control, which is intended to technical paper titled "Loudness, Its "sorting the wheat from the chaff." The vary the response to simulate the Definition, Measurement and Calcula- author does not intend to do that here; Fletcher -Munson curves; and also a tion", in the Journal of the Acoustical but quite recently, in a discussion about separate bass boost and roll -off control. Society of America, have been published the effectiveness of a particular loudness The comment our friend made was that in almost every technical magazine even control, the writer realized a basic fact. the loudness control does not appear to remotely connected with audio. Some evident by deduction from these curves, have any effect whatsoever when the bass must have published the curves several that careful reading of all the literature boost and roll -off control was set at the times over. A tremendous lot has been heretofore published on the subject had level position. However, when he turned said about these curves, and the deduc- not brought home to him. Maybe the this control to the lift position he could tions that may be made from them, and fact has been clearly stated before, but, hear quite pronounced difference as he considerable argument has arisen, from in view of the fact that the writer has turned the loudness control. Was the time to time, on the correct interpreta- not heretofore "seen the wood for trees," bass control interacting in some way with tion and application of the curves to he thinks it probable that many other the loudness control? achieving realism in reproduction at dif- readers might find it beneficial to have An examination of the circuit-which ferent levels. The term "scale distortion" this point clarified. is unimportant to this discussion - was invented to describe the change in Probably the best way to explain mat- showed that any form of electrical inter- quality apparent when a program is re- ters would be to go over the discussion action of this nature was extremely un- corded at one level and reproduced at which led to this realization. A friend. likely. However, examination of the a different level with flat overall response. who has comparatively recently become Fletcher-Munson curves -especially in To try and arrive at a correct summary interested in high fidelity, was asking the light of previous experience-quickly of the various conclusions drawn would for an explanation of a fact he noticed shows the reason. At 1000 cps and upwards, a change 150-17 14th Road, Whitestone 57, with his own equalizing networks. Ap- db corresponds with N. Y. parently his preamplifier-a home -built in intensity of 120 a change in loudness of 120 phons, but in the region of, say, 50 cps a change in intensity of 30 db represents a change in loudness of 70 phons, from threshold ,, rr..:!!rsI11111111 up. If the response in the flat position E 11111__IIIIII 5111i!! is reproducing at a level that is below threshold in the region of 50 cps, then II 11111 11I111 Ellaiiii0 adjustment of the loudness control might ° Il lIl have no audible effect. On the other hand, /ii by providing a low -frequency boost that , l w 11l/i1lm brings the operation of the loudness con- tg. trol up into the 30 db range, which cor- R. 11_1/111 70 change in loudness, > J responds to phons , C MES11 i/111 its audible effect becomes very pro- nounced. w 1E ,M.u111r1! Probably the reader has himself had experiences somewhat similar to this. He w 0/1J will have noticed that the operation of ti > 0 kollillliffmr411111ra controls varying the response at the 30 S\1F a high end seems to be reasonably con - 1111E. 111 ,._IIII sistent, at whatever level the system is a ,, 11111 C operated. Although the Fletcher -Munson B: curves have that curious wiggle from 11111 1, !IL' 1000 to 15,000 cps, they are all approxi- mately uniformly spaced throughout ' 11111 n1I11 E 20 50 100 200 500 000 2000 .5000 10000 this range. For this reason, whatever FREQUENCY IN CYCLES PER SECOND effectt the wiggle has will be the same, regardless of level setting. However, op- Fig. 1. The well -known loudness level contours, published by Fletcher and Munson in eration of a low- frequency control some- their paper, "Loudness, Its Definition, Measurement and Calculation," J. Acous. Soc. times seems to have more effect than at Am., Vol. V, No. 2. other times, according to the level at

28 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com which the system is operating, or accord- ties of the room in which the program is what the recorder feels is necessary, so ing to the type of program material reproduced, each affect the sound of the he introduces equalization so that the being reproduced. program material in a different way. In recorded program material has the sense Sometimes adjustment of the low -fre- this particular connection, as some writ- of balance that he feels is right for this quency boost and cut control seems to ers have previously pointed out, we are particular program material. This then have practically no effect and at other not sure that we will want to hear the represents a deliberate attempt to im- times it appears to have a very marked program sounding exactly as it would if prove the sound of the original perform- effect. The reason evident from the fore- we were to sit where the microphones ance. going explanation is to be found in the used for recording it were placed. From Fig. 2 it is evident that the convergence of the loudness contours at If the microphones are placed in a human ear acts as a kind of expander the low -frequency end. position representing a typical member for the low frequencies in the audio of the audience, experience has shown range, expanding a dynamic range of 30 Restatement of F -M Curves that too much of the auditorium acoustics db, or so, up to an apparent loudness are included in the recording. It is better range of 70 phons. Most modern program The matter may be made a little clearer to select a position which discriminates material aims at achieving a dynamic from the graphical point of view, by more for the direct sound wave and range from 50 db and upwards, and some redrawing the information presented in against reflected sound waves due to program material even aims at a dy- the Fletcher -Munson curves with the auditorium acoustics. So right at the out- namic range of 70 db. But at the low references inverted, that is, using in- set we hit against the impossibility of frequencies a corresponding electrical tensity contours plotted against a scale reproducing what we would hear natu- dynamic range of 30 db will appear to of apparent loudness. This can be simpli- rally. represent a loudness range of 70 phons. fied and made more informative by re- If there is a dynamic range in the re- ferring to a normal intensity of, say, 60 Concert Hall Volume? corded material at the low end of 30 db, phons, normalizing the whole thing, so which is right for expansion to apparent that the intensity loudness relationship There are other reasons why this ob- loudness change of 70 phons, then this appears to be flat at this one level. This jective is impossible, which have been will sound quite good the 30 db avail- will then clear away the confusion caused fully discussed in all their diverse forms -if able happens to coincide in level with by the actual shape of the curves which many times already. But it is still not the position the intended 70 phons range does not influence the effect on apparent universally recognized that this objec- of loudness contours occupy. If however, response of the reproduction because tive of recreating the original perform- the 30 db dynamic range at these fre- ance is not at all a practical basis. So they are almost equidistant at the dif- fall below the let's get honest with ourselves and admit quencies happens to ferent levels at the high end. the loudness contours that the real objective can not be what threshold level on Figure 2 shows the curves redrawn in this dynamic range will fall we would hear naturally at the original the whole of this manner. It will be seen that the into the inaudible region. lower curves, representing the lower in- performance, but what we think we So some adjustment should be made levels show low- frequency roll - ought to hear, or what we feel we would tensity to bring the 30 db of low- frequency dy- to be like to hear. off at a frequency high enough namic range to the correct level to make above the low- frequency resonances of Even in original performances some- many loudspeaker units. Operation of times a sense of balance is not quite (Continued on page 77) a system in this intensity region will cause frequencies below this roll -off to be entirely missing. And any minor ad- FEELING 11 justment in frequency response down

at this end will not be audible because I10 the frequencies themselves are not audi- '1 J/ ble. 100 Some or all of this has probably been Z said before although the writer has not 0 90 I previously realized quite the significance, ,'l' ° 80 ,1,1 as brought tc his attention by the fore- Z_ going discussion. The big question really comes -and this was the purpose in writ- 70 are we to do w 60 ing this article --what going 60 about it? D 50 The ultimate objective in all repro- 50 ducing systems is to achieve an impres- 40 sion of realism. Some still contend that w 40 N the only way to do this is to reproduce the original sound field carefully and i 50 accurately, and this means, among other Cc 20 things, reproducing everything in its Ó 20

proportionate original intensity. If this 10p 10 , basic objective were possible, it would -C mean that we would reproduce precisely AUDIBILITY II the same sound that we should have heard 20 50 100 200 ' 500 1000' 2000 5000 10000 had we been sitting where the microphone FREQUENCY IN CYCLES PER SECOND was placed daring the original perform- ance. Fig. 2. The information presented in the loudness contours replotted in the form of Here is one difficulty. As has been intensity contours, and normalized corresponding to the loudness contour for 60 pointed out many times previously, the phons. Other loudness contours could be used as normalizing reference, with result- acoustic properties of the original studio ing change in shape of the whole family of curves -the line for normalizing reference or auditorium and the acoustic proper- level being flat in each case.

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 29

www.americanradiohistory.com Technical Aspects of the "Briggs" Concert

P. J. WALKER

Details of the equipment used in presenting a loudspeaker demonstration in Carnegie Hall- including the power indicators, amplifiers, and control facilities. The author also discusses parallel operation of amplifiers and loudspeakers.

WLIEN GILBERT A. BRInes first an- orchestra, special close microphone re- The only way to resolve such doubts nounced his intention of taking cording would be required. was to go right ahead and try it. This London's Royal Festival Hall for Mr. Briggs -G. A. B. -had the courage a lecture/demonstration of Sound Re- to do, trusting that after all if an orches- production there were many who tra sounds well in the Royal Festival doubted the wisdom of such a venture. Hall then good loudspeakers should also Apart from the doubt as to whether sound well. That his decision was right three thousand people would pay to was shown by the immediate demand for come and listen to loudspeakers, many a repeat performance in the Festival suggested that the loudspeakers them- Hall followed by innumerable requests selves might well not show up favourably to stage a similar event in New York, under such test conditions. In a Concert culminating in the Carnegie Hall Con- Hall where one is used to listening to cert on October 9th. orchestras in the flesh, even slight dis- There is a prevailing philosophy which crepancies from natural would immedi- judges quality of reproduction by its ately be apparent. "high-fidelity" features. How low will Rumour has it that commercial rec- it go? How much top is there ? How ords were to be used. Such discs are re- much presence? and so on. This ap- corded with "Concert Hall Colour" as proach serves a purpose but is fraught they are intended for home use where with dangers since it is quite possible they are required to produce a sound to emphasize such features to the extent picture -a picture through which one that the reproduction becomes more "Hi- should hear the Concert Hall with the Fi" than the original orchestra! orchestra in it. How would such records High fidelity is not, of course, an end in itself and is only justified in its ability fare when reproduced in the Concert Mr. G. A. Briggs, who conceived and to assist and preserve the connection be- Hall itself? Surely to re- create the the two concerts in Royal executed tween the listener and the music. The in and the latest Acoustical Manufacturing Co., Festival Hall London one Carnegie demonstrations were chosen in Carnegie Hall. Huntingdon, Hanta, England with this approach in mind and the temptation to concentrate solely on the dramatic was resisted. The music there- fore varied from some delicate Mozart 2 v. PEAK 2' v. PEAK LEVEL LEVEL to a full orchestra and choir in Vaughn PICKUP 1 Williams Sea Symphony with E. Power Et! Briggs on the Carnegie organ added for good measure. One recording was "odd man out "-a George Elliot recording of TAPE I CONTROL LINE AMP I LINE ' a tugboat on the River Thames, put into UNIT 1 d MAIN LINE the programme when the "hi -fi urge" became too great.

LEVEL TO STAGE INDICATOR Power Requirements Power output requirement for the

V home is a subject of ever -conflicting CONTROL LINE AMP LINE 2 UNIT 2 argument. Power output required for STANDBY LINE the Concert Hall however, is capable of PICKUP . more precise statement since the desired

LEVEL result is capable of accurate definition. INDICATOR Allowing for 10-12 db loss due to loudspeaker efficiency, the literature Fig. 1. Block schematic of the control position equipment which was located in a box shows that in order to produce the peak in the auditorium. wattages produced by a full orchestra

30 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com of several hundred an amplifier capable 21 v. PEAK watts would he required. Tests carried MAX. LOAD = 60 WATTS out by the B.B.C. and other authorities INTERNAL R = 0.25 u_ however, show that peaks of very short ETC. of duration may he removed without loss 2 v. PEAK quality, and this is taken into account in LEVEL the setting of modulation levels, either for recording or broadcasting. With such LINE 1 peaks already removed in the recording an amplifier capable of 60-80 watts will handle the requirements of lifesize ö orchestral reproduction of most compo- 120 sitions. This power would produce an POWER A acoustic peak power of 10 watts from 3 the Wharfedale loudspeakers used. LINE 2 We were able to make a measured POWER AMP 4 16 I I SPKR check on our calculated levels with the co- 4 2 4 8 15 30 60 4 SPKRS operation of the B.B.C. and E.M.I. Dur- CHARTS CHANGED TO AGREE WITH ing the broadcast performance of a NUMBER OF SPEAKERS CONNECTED full choir and orchestra from the Festi- val B.B.C. marked the musical Hall, the 2. Block schematic of the amplifier, speaker, and indicator equipment located by Fig. score with the sound levels picked up on the stage. their auditorium microphones, and at the same time E.M.I. recorded the broad- items. The gramophone equipment com- cast performance. At a following re- prised Leak and Ferranti pickups hearsal we played the recording at what mounted on Garrard 301 transcription we thought was natural level and the motors. Tape and pickups were fed into B.B.C. again checked the levels at the QUAD control units. auditorium microphones. The two meas- Figure 2 is a schematic of the equip- urements agreed will with errors of ment installed on the stage. The two about 2 db sometimes one way and some- lines are padded down and mixed so times the other. This can be accounted that the level of either is restored to the for by such factors as loudspeaker direc- normal output level of the control units. tivity. With commercial recordings, of This signal is then fed into four QUAD course, we have no such check and we amplifiers with their inputs and outputs have to rely on judgment of what paralleled. They were mounted in the sounds right. rack shown in Fig. 3. Each amplifier is capable of a power output of 15 watts Equipment into 15 ohms. This is the English rating Figure 1 is a block schematic the con- and is the power integrated over a com- trol portion of the installation which plete cycle of a pure sine wave. It is was positioned in the auditorium. A equivalent to a peak of 21 volts. The good listening position for the operator four amplifiers in parallel therefore will is of course essential during rehearsal deliver this same 21 -volt peak into an for the setting of levels and so on, and impedance of 3.75 ohms. it was found desirable to remain in the The conditions necessary for ampli- Fig. 3. The four standard QUAD same position for the actual perform- fiers to operate correctly in parallel is ampli- fiers were mounted on this smcll rack. ance. (Continued on page 69) It will be seen that the equipment in- cluding auditorium -to -stage lines is duplicated. This is purely to minimize the risk of possible breakdown and adds much to the peace of mind of the oper- ator. The line amplifiers are incorporated merely to transfer the impedance to a value of a few ohms. This enables long unshielded cables to be used from box to stage. The line amplifiers in conjunc- tion with the terminating T pad have unity amplification and apart from convenience do not contribute to the performance in any way. For the sake of standardization and interchangeabil - ity, standard QUAD power amplifiers are used in this position. The output level to the lines is approximately 21 volts peak. The tape machines were provided by Columbia who undertook all the record- ings for the special live -vs.- reproduced General view of the audience at the Briggs concel, in Carnegie Hall.

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 31

www.americanradiohistory.com ? ? ? AUDIOCLINIC ? ? ? JOSEPH GIOVANELLI

Many questions received are common to a number of readers. We'll try to answer all.

Q. I was recently given a speaker by a voltage reading on the meter, but cannot As in the case of the moving coil pickup, friend. There was no indication as to what influence the setting of the pot needed to the variable reluctance type also depegda on its voice -coil impedance might be. Could obtain equal readings across it and the some means of varying the strength of the you please tell me how to find this out? voice -coil. magnetic circuit to produce a voltage. The Arnold Weise, Brooklyn, New York. 3. The last method is little more than a impedance to the flow of magnetic lines is called reluctance. we design a magnetic A. Here are three ways that you might guess, but it can be used where there are If t try : 1. If you can determine the speaker's no measuring instruments available. Simply circuit in such a way that the magnetic manufacturer, together with its model feed a signal source of high quality, such lines must flow some of the distance back and /or serial number, give him this infor- as a record player or FM tuner, into the to their starting point through air, we have mation. He can tell you its impedance, as amplifier. Connect the speaker in turn to created a circuit of comparatively high well as advise you as to the type of enclo- the various taps of the output transformer reluctance. If we substitute iron for some sure in which it will work best. until one is found which gives maximum other magnetic material for the airgap, we 2. If you have an audio oscillator, an output and response as noted by ear. The have considerably decreased the reluctance, ohmmeter, and some means of measuring impedance of the tap to which the speaker or in other words, have made it easier for low- voltage a.c., do this: Place the speaker is connected will be in the vicinity of true lines of force to flow in the magnetic cir- in some kind of enclosure, since this has impedance of the speaker. However, since cuit. In the variable reluctance pickup considerable effect upón its impedance. considerable mismatch can be tolerated there is an airgap in the magnetic circuit. Connect the voice -coil leads, potentiometer, without substantially affecting perform- The stylus assembly is placed in that gap, and output transformer of your amplifier ance, it is quite likely that you will not have and is made of magnetic material. When as shown in Fig. 1. In it we see the voice- determined the impedance quite so accu- the modulation of the grooves on the disc coil leads connected in series with the po- rately as when following steps A or B. moves the stylus assembly in and out of tentiometer, and this series combination is Q. What causes the output tubes in an the airgap, the field changes strength in ac- connected across the secondary of the out- amplifier to glow red? Arthur Darrow, cordance with that modulation. put transformer. The potentiometer is con- Albany, New York. Q. What is the cause and cure for "mo- nected as a variable resistor, with one of A. This indicates serious trouble, and torboating" in an audio amplifier? Joel the end lugs not used. Since most speakers should be corrected at once in order to Shurgan, Brooklyn, N. Y. have impedances ranging from 3.2 to 16 prevent damage to the output tubes, output A. "Motorboating" is caused by un- ohms, a thirty -ohm pot should do nicely transformer, and /or other components. This wanted mutual coupling between stages via here. Connect the audio oscillator to the condition indicates that these tubes are the power supply. When the phase relation input of your amplifier, and set its f re- drawing excessive plate current; this can of one stage to another is just right, the quency controls to 400 cps. With the signal be caused by several things. stages involved will act like a multivibrator feeding the speaker, connect your a.c. volt- 1. There may be a complete lack of or and oscillate, or "motorboat." To prevent meter first from A to B, and then from A insufficient bias on the tubes, due to trouble this, a filter network consisting of a resis- to C as shown in the figure. Adjust the po- ill the bias supply or a shorted cathode tor and capacitor is used. (See Fig. 2.) tentiometer so that the two voltage read- resistor. These components are labeled R,,, and Cd ings remain equal as you change leads back 2. There may be a shorted coupling ca- respectively. The resistor tends to oppose flow and forth. Next, disconnect the pot from pacitor which feeds the grid of one of the the of the undesired energy through 1- the circuit, being careful not to disturb its tubes. In this case it is likely only one of the power supply, while the capacitor makes setting. Read its resistance with your ohm- the tubes would glow red, especially if the it easier for the undesired energy to go i- meter. This will be the approximate imped- system uses a resistor from cathode to around the power supply than through it. ance of the speaker, since we can consider ground to develop bias. When the tube with This trouble is most often caused by no de- t the impedance as a pure resistance. In a the shorted coupling capacitor draws ex- coupling capacitor at all or by one whose series circuit (which we have here), only cessive current (when positive voltage from capacitance is too small. If this trouble has when the resistances are equal can the volt- a previous stage is applied to it), it causes occurred only after the amplifier has been age drops across them be equal. Of course, a large voltage to be developed across the in service for a considerable period of time, there is also a third impedance present, bias resistor, tending to reduce the plate (Continued an page 73 that of the secondary of the output trans- current in the other tube. former, which at a quick glance, might 3. There may be an internal short be- appear to be a factor here. However, this tween elements of one of the tubes. For is not the case. We need only be concerned instance, if the control grid were shorted with there being equal voltage drops across to the screen, a large amount of current the voice -coil and the pot. The impedance would flow, because there would no longer of the secondary will determine only the be a negatively- charged element in the tube TO NEXT STAGE to repel electrons. Q. What is the difference between mov- ing coil pickup and a variable reluctance pickup? Ralph Hastings, New York, N. Y. A. When a coil is placed in a magnetic T field, anything that changes the strength of that field will cause a voltage to be de- veloped across the coil. The moving coil pickup is just what its name implies. The coil is attached to the stylus assembly, so ir that when the modulation on the disc moves the stylus, the coil moves in and out of the magnetic field. This action develops a volt- age across the coil which varies in accord- Fig. 1 ance with the modulation on the disc. Fig. 2

32 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com CABINART '56 - HI FI CABINET KITS

MODEL 27K MODEL 28K matched equipment and speaker cabinets Model K -3 newest Rebel` corner folded horn kit

...all you need is a screwdriver! Machined wood pieces key exactly to each other! Pre -shaped, pre-drilled, pre-engineered and not a scrap of sawdust left over!

THE REBEL K -3 THE "ST" SERIES FURNITURE KITS Identical acoustically with the Wall storage units ... ten basic The new 27K and 28K typify Cab - KR -3, first and largest of the Cabinart designs in kitform or inart kit utility and economy. Both Klipsch- designed Rebel series of assembled, ready to finish. Each is point up the unique design func- corner folded horns. Using the mir- tailored to the needs of hi -fi installa- tions necessary to the correct hi -fi ror images of room walls at a cor- tions. The Series includes a nine installation. ner, the K -3 extends bass down cubic foot bass reflex cabinet. nearly to 30 cycles! Two compan- ion Rebel kits are more economical but only in price and size.

Equipment Cabinet K-3 . . . 554.00 $51.00 Bass Reflex Prices from $39.00 $21.00 to $36.00 Prices slightly higher west and south

WRITE FOR THE NAME OF YOUR NEAREST DEALER AND MAIL ORDER HOUSE.

W 1. Equipment Storage F 2. Equipment Speaker kits by .. the pioneers in radio furniture Enclosure Kits 4y 3. The Rebel Speakers for high fidelity. 4. Wall Storage Cabinets 3. Accessories By Cabinart 99 NORTH 11th STREET, BROOKLYN 11, NEW YORK

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 33

www.americanradiohistory.com Uses and Abuses of the VU Meter

OLIVER BERLINER

Since its introduction in 1938, the standard volume -unit meter has been the sub- ject of great misuse. Here is a guide to the understanding of its correct operation.

AT THE OUTSET, it is important to line impedance, attenuators, scales, ref- standards pertaining to the meter, the point out that this article does not erence level, ballistics, frequency re- reader may be amazed at the extent to necessarily advocate the volume - sponse, and method of reading. But which the matter of volume -indicator unit meter as the ideal device for sound - briefly, it means that for a meter to standardization has been carried; but all level measurement; rather, it is merely function as a "standard vu meter ", it this is necessary to the establishment of an outline of the applications and limita- must be built, installed and used accord- a device which will have universal ac- tions of the instrument. ing to a prescribed set of conditions; and ceptability, compatibility, and-most of Since audio program waves are essen- violation of any of these defeats the pur- all -reliability. tially non- periodic and complex in na- pose of the meter. Carefully controlled damping and ture, they cannot be expressed in simple In 1938 the vu meter was born, prin- speed are prime contributors to the terms of power, current, and voltage. cipally because by that time the growth effectiveness of the meter. Pointer over - Consequently, the term "volume" pro- of the radio broadcasting industry made swing is limited to not more than 1.5 vides a means of measuring, defining, apparent the need for one standard percent, while the time taken to reach and standardizing the extent of complex visual monitoring device. Working with within 99 percent of final indication audio information. Once a reference level officials and engineers of the National shall be 0.3 second, plus or minus 10 has been established, the difference in Broadcasting Company, Columbia percent. decibels between the level of any wave Broadcasting System, and the Bell Tele- Tight characteristics such as these and that of the reference level may be as- phone Company, the Weston Electrical never existed in the case of the old db certained. The vu is defined as the rela- Instrument Corporation (to whom this meter, where overswing and speed varied tive strength in decibles from a reference writer is indebted for the photographs, from manufacturer to manufacturer, and level of 1 milliwatt fed into 600 ohms. circuits and charts used in this article) from meter to meter. Probably the larg- This brings us immediately to the assumed the tremendous task of building est group of holdouts against the vu crucial point of the entire situation, the a standard device that was acceptable meter was that of the motion picture term "standard vu meter". This encom- to all. (Whether or not this latter point sound recordists. Their complaint was passes many things -meter impedance, has been achieved will be discussed that the action of the vu meter was too 6411 Hollywood Boulevard, Holly- later.) slow, which resulted in their having wood 28, Calif. Upon examination of the following great difficulty in catching sound peaks,

Fig. 1 (left). Type 30 Weston Model 862 VU meter with "A" scale for ease in measuring and testing. Fig. 2 (right). Type 30B meter with predominant percentage modulation scale designed for program line monitoring.

34 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com HERE IS THE TAPE RECORDER THAT ' `COULDN'T BE

What a serious high -fidelity enthusiast are less than 0.1% at 71 ips, 0.2% at playback, less than W' in fast wind; 2 wants in a tape recorder has never 3% ips (the competitive recorder closest high impedance and 1 low impedance been a mystery. He wants a recorder in performance has 0.25% at 71 ips inputs controlled by selector switch, re- which, at 71/2 ips will equal or exceed and costs $100 more!) wind time of 90 seconds for 1200 -foot reel in either direction, foam rubber professional performance at 15 ips - EQUALIZATION and at a price comparable to the price pressure rollers, relay operated and of the usual garden variety of "home Professional NARTB equalization is triple -fused for protection against im- recorder ". In other words, he wants used throughout the DeJUR Dual Pro- proper operation, 105 -220 volt, 60 cycle flat response over the entire audio fessional. This means that, not only can AC operation. range undetectable noise, hum, wow you make and play back tapes of per- And the price? That's the biggest and flutter and professional NARTB fect fidelity, but you can also play com- surprise of all! The DeJUR Dual Pro- equalization - at 71 ips (to give up mercial pre -recorded tapes the way fessional Tapedeek is only $299.50 au- to 90 minutes of playing time on a '1" they were meant to be played. diophile net! reel at a cost lower than one good LP INSTANT TRACK SWITCHING record) - and all for less than $300. Now, DeJUR, a great name in high - Four separate heads are employed in Also available in a quality precision cameras, answers the the Dual Professional - an erase head handsome, scuff - demands of the HiFi enthusiast in and a record -playback head for each proof carrying case every particular. For the first time in track. When you reach the end of a complete with America, he can have a tape recorder reel on the first track, you simply press built -in 6 -watt meeting his most exacting perform- a button and the tape reverses its mo- power amplifier, 2 ance requirements for a fraction of the tion recording or playing back the sec- electrostatic price he would normally expect to pay. ond track! Anyone who has fussed and speakers, 3 PM, Compare it in an A -B test with the fumed as he tried to change reels in speakers and wide - most expensive professional recorder the middle of a symphony will greet range cardioid dy- your high- fidelity outlet carries. We're this feature with cheers! namic microphone that sure you won't be able to tell the ELECTROMAGNETIC DYNAMIC BRAKING - for only $379.50 difference! audiophile net. Now, let's get down to specifications. In the DeJUR Dual Professional, there They have been checked by an inde- are no mechanical clutches, belts and pendent engineering firm and con- pulleys to get out of order. The dual AVAILABLE ACCESSORIES firmed by the testing laboratories of speed hysteresis motor is reversible and Remote control foot switch $19.50. America's largest high -fidelity distribu- electromagnetic dynamic braking is Wide -range cardioid microphone $29.50. tors. employed for instantaneous stops and FREQUENCY RESPONSE starts without tape strain or stress. At 71 ips, the frequency response ILLUMINATED TAPE COUNTER WRITE FOR COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS is 40 cps to 16,000 cps ± 2 db (the An illuminated, clock -like dial indi- closest comparable machine is 1,000 cps cates elapsed footage so accurately OeUUR ARMCO CORPORATI00 less and $100 more!) Even at 33/4 ips, that the tape can be indexed to a Dept. A -1, Long Island City 11, N. Y. the DeJUR Dual Professional is flat single note! from 50 cps to 10,000 cps ± 2 db. AUTOMATIC STOP SIGNAL -TO -NOISE RATIO Inexpensive DeJUR aluminum foil NOTHING COMPARES WITH A Noise is down 55 db (that equals or ex- leaders are available which automati- ceeds the figure for recorders priced at cally stop tape motion in either direc- $600 and up!) tion! There's no need to re-thread - FLUTTER AND WOW no flopping tape ends. The DeJUR Dual Professional uses a PUSH -BUTTON KEYBOARD heavy-duty genuine hysteresis dual - DedUR A piano key switchboard controls all speed, synchronous motor, the same recording and playback functions . type of motor used in $1,000 studio re- through relays. Even your wife can corders (even the better "home record- operate the DeJUR Dual Professional ers" use only 4 -pole motors!) A hys- without an instruction manual! Vrres /A ooá tá92 a/ teresis motor is independent of line OTHER EXCEPTIONAL FEATURES voltage fluctuations, thus eliminating T A P E R E C O R D E'R a major source of wow and flutter. Both Instantaneous stopping in record or

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 35

www.americanradiohistory.com ZI 300.17500. 3900.13900.

I I

60 I 3600 390k

R, I R,

RL Fig. 3. Model 643 o db meter. Note RECTIFIER TYPE how much smaller ZERO POWER LEVEL LINE LOAD METER 6 MILLIWATTS 500 OHMS percentage of

° `STOW ELECTRICAL INSTRUMENT WRP,NEWARI,N 3 Us A. scale area is us- able and also the restricted dynamic range. Fig. 4. Basic VU meter circuit. Pointer will indicate zero VU 600 -ohm line level

of 1.228 volts, which is 4 db above 1 milliwatt. rl.

to read and far less fatiguing than its predecessor. Returning to the instrument's ballistic characteristics, the extreme care neces- sary in its manufacture is apparent when especially when scoring a picture. As a two calibrations -the regular vu indi- we consider that it must have high cur- result of this, they even went to the cations, and a percent usage (modula- rent sensitivity to obtain high torque trouble and expense of purchasing and tion) calibration. Scales having the vu for rapid attack; but it must also have installing extra -high -speed db meters, markings on top are called "A" scales high flux in the air gap for closely con- not to mention the unique neon -light in- (Fig. 1) ; and those with per cent usage trolled damping. These matters of flux, dicator system of RCA's which uses no (proportioned to a.c. voltage) pre- inertia and torque are interdependent, mechanical parts, and has the speed of dominant, `B" scales (Fig. 2). Unfor- and all must be considered in their re- light and a virtually limitless dynamic tunately, some manufacturers of mixers lation to each other. range. and recorders supply meters with "A" Probably the greatest single violation There is no doubt that fast peaks elude scales. But when we stop to consider just of standard meter usage occurs in the the pointer of the vu meter. Although the how the meter is used, we realize the case of the range extender, wherein users motion picture industry only recently fallaciousness of this, for rarely do we feel that the insertion of a voltage has seen fit to adopt the vu meter, it is use the vu scale. Rather, we try to keep dropping resistor is all the attenuation already talking of changing the stand- the pointer from going beyond .the 100 necessary. For the proper understand- ards pertaining to its dynamic character- per cent mark, and we have neither need, ing of the vu meter circuitry, NO refer istics. To a certain extent you can't time, nor ability to take vu readings dur- to Fig. 4 blame them especially where problems of ing normal program service. The type The vu meter was designed for use cueing and of overloading are so critical. "A" scale with the vu predominant only on a 600 -ohm line, however it may should be confined in its usage to re- be matched to lines of other impedances Physical Characteristics sponse and gain measurements, and as will be shown later. The resistance of other testing. the meter at the 0 -vu point on the scale A quick look at a vu meter brings to Figure 3 shows an old -style db meter. is 3900 ohms at 1000 cps. Since it is a our attention its scale calibrations. Comparison between it and Fig. 1 re- rectifier instrument, its resistance varies Whereas the old db meter was calibrated veals the obvious fact that the operating along the scale, being lowest at full scale. from minus 10 to plus 6 decibels, with area of the vu meter also makes more Incidentally, the frequency response of an operating range of 10 db, the vu use of the scale than does the db meter. the meter is plus or minus 0.5 db between meter has a scale of from minus 20 to Where the db meter uses less than 50 25 and 16,000 cps. plus 3 decibels, with an operating area per cent of the scale under normal op- Good engineering practice dictates of fully 20 db. A substantial increase erating conditions, the vu meter uses that the impedance of a bridging device in the monitoring of dynamic range, so between 67 and 75 per cent of the scale should be not less than 12.5 times the important to high fidelity, is now possi- area. Coupled with a slightly slower impedance of the line being bridge, so ble. action and the almost -standard buff- that there will be minimum loading and VU meter scales customarily contain colored scale, the vu meter is far easier resultant distortion. Multiplying 600 by 12.5 we obtain a product of 7500 ohms, and since the resistance of the meter is ZI Z2 Z3 3900 ohms, an external 3600 -ohm resistor Fig. 300.17500. 3900.13900. 3900.13900, 5. VU meter is required to give us the minimum bridg- range extending I I 3900 ing impedance. An insertion loss of only 3600 I circuit for use on 0.4 db results with distortion of less than 600 -ohm loaded 0.2 per cent. line. Critical im- In audio the practice of matching line pedance matching to load is always desirable. Conse- is maintained in quently, if the resistance of the meter is every part of the 3900 ohms, it must "see" 3900 ohms. LINE LOAD 3900. CONSTANT 1 METER circuit. IMP ATTENUATOR Examination of Fig. 4 shows that it does ; for the effective impedance of the loaded 600 -ohm line is 300 ohms. Adding

36 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com by Scott Revolutionary New Turntable Has Everything

710 -A Stroboscopic Turntable, $125.00* New acoustic filtering keeps out ALL interference New turntable design principle, acoustic filtering, pre- Optical stroboscope for extremely precise speed set- vents speaker, building and motor vibrations from ever tings, even while record is playing. reaching the turntable. This frees record playing from Built -in vibration isolation and pickup arm mounting distortion found in conventional systems. system simplify installation. Center -gear drive, with torsional filtering, eliminates "garbling" of high frequencies which results from the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS flutter inherent in rim drive. Rumble more than 60 db below recording level - wow and flutter less than 0.1% - built -in slip -clutch permits cueing - heavy non -magnetic cast alumi- Separate vernier control of each speed allows super - num turntable - heavy -duty special Induction motor with dynamically balanced exact pitch adjustment. Convenient pushbutton selection rotor and extremely low hum field - pickup arm mounting board furnished with turntable - dimensions: 167/e" x 141/2" x 71/4" - accessory mahogany of 331'3, 45 and 78 rpm speeds. base $14.95* Slightly higher west of Rockies.

All -In -One AM -FM with Equalizer Preamplifier by I"" Scott

331 AM -FM (Binaural) Tuner $189.95 The perfect answer where space is at a premium

Includes complete equalizer -preamplifier with Bass, New chassis design of the 331 and 330 makes custom Treble and Loudness controls, plus four -position record installation very simple. Beautiful accessory case available compensator. for using tuner on table top or shelf. Same sensational AM, FM, and binaural performance as in 330 tuner described above. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Special provisions for playback of pre- recorded tape FM and AM sections same as 330, above - selector switch for two high level through your music system. inputs, four equalization curves (RIAA- NARTB(Ortho., Orig. AES, Orig. Col, EUR AM wide range, AM normal, AM distance.- bass New two -speed planetary-drive tuning; high speed for 78), NARTB tape playback, FM, and treble controls - two magnetic pickup inputs recommended for use instant station choice, slow speed for precise tuning to - with any H. H. Scott power amplifier - beautiful accessory case $9.95 weak stations. 'Slightly higher west of Rockies.

Write for FREE BOOKLET kk. giving complete details on entire H. H. Scott line.

Scott385 PUTNAM AVE. CAMBRIDGE 39, MASS.

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 37

www.americanradiohistory.com the 3600 -ohm resistor brings us a total rent. This corresponds to + 4 vu, and remain just under 100 per cent, except of 3900 ohms, which is exactly the re- is the lowest peak line level capable of for an occasional peak. This procedure, sistance of the meter. being read on the standard vu meter of course, is second nature to all audio - The vu meter, therefor, is always used when used in the standard manner. men, but is mentioned here to indicate in conjunction with a resistance which What, then, of the old "zero level" the great degree to which the standards not only allows the meter to "see" its line? To say that it no longer exists as have been carried. own resistance, but which also provides such, and that it is a hand -down from They also point out that the meter the necessary total bridging resistance the days of the db meters is probably shall have complete reversibility as far to the line. When used with a 3600 -ohm the best answer. One broadcast engineer as hookup is concerned; that is, no series resistor across a 600 -ohm line, the says that the average program level is polarization. This feature is obtained meter will indicate 0 vu when the line 4 db below peaks; and since peaks are through the use of a direct current meter generates 1.228 volts, alternating cur- plus 4 vu by definition, average program with a full -wave copper-oxide rectifier. material would be 0 vu ... zero level. Even the scale card has an official color Although the minimum peak program number, Munsell 2.934 (9.18/4.61) al-

TABLE 1 level readable on the meter is +4 vu, it though this is not a standard as yet. It is frequently necessary to monitor lines is also customary to print the scale be- Attenuator LEVEL Arm A Arm B of higher levels, particularly broadcast yond the hundred per cent point in red Loss DB V U - Ohms Ohms loops of + 8 and + 12 vu peaks. So as not -the danger area, you might say. to 0 4 0 Open overdrive the meter, additional at- Since the vu meter should be capable tenuation in its circuit must be provided, of handling substantial amplitude varia-

I 5 224.3 33801 but merely to increase the value of the tions, a good meter should be capable 2 6 447.1 16788 3600 -ohm series resistor is not the an- of sustaining, without any damage what- 3 7 666.9 11070 swer, for this would disturb the ballistics soever, a continuous overload equal to 4 8 582.5 8177 and damping of the meter. five times the reference voltage and a 5 9 1093 5221 The problem solves itself nicely with momentary overload of ten times that the insertion of a 3900 -ohm constant- voltage. 6 10 1296 5221 impedance T pad as shown in Fig. 5. Speaking of voltage, an alarming 7 11 1492 4352 Under this arrangement, the meter "sees" misuse of the vu meter has appeared in 8 12 1679 3690 3900 ohms, the attenuator "sees" 3900 the tape recording industry, where it has 9 13 1857 3166 ohms both in and out, and the line is been the practice of certain equipment 10 14 2026 2741 still bridged by 12.5 times its impedance, manufacturers to supply vacuum tube or 7500 ohms. The resistance values voltmeter circuits, using non -volume in- I 15 2185 2388 for 12 16 2334 2091 the various parts of the attenuator for dicating meters but with vu scales at- 13 17 2473 1838 lines up to 32 vu in level are given in tached. The purpose of this is to save 14 18 2603 1621 Table 1. Note that the minimum peak cost, of course; but while this is cer- 15 19 2722 1432 level, obtained with the attenuator com- tainly commendable, it is also exceed- pletely out of the circuit, but with the ingly dangerous. The reason is simple: 16 20 2833 1268 3600 -ohm resistor remaining, is +4 vu. vacuum tube voltmeters do not have the 17 21 2935 1124 (necessary) ballistic characteristics in- 18 22 3028 997.8 Reading the VU Meter herent to the vu meter, with the result 19 23 3113 886.3 that readings made on such an instru- 20 24 3191 787.8 1'he standards even go so far as to ment will not be comparable and inter- state the method of reading the vu changeable with those made on a stand- 21 25 3262 70.1 meter, and of setting its associated vari- vu meter. completely 22 26 3326 ard Since this 623.5 able attenuator. Briefly, the 23 27 3384 555.0 procedure defeats one of the prime features of the involves 24 28 3437 494.1 observing the action of the vu meter -its dynamic characteristics - 25 29 3485 4.40.0 meter for about a minute (in the case recorders utilizing vtvm -type circuits of program waves) or a lesser time (for should not use vu scales nor be adver- 26 30 3528 391.9 speech) and setting the attenuator at the tised as having a vu meter. 27 31 3566 349.1 place that allows the meter pointer to (Continued on page 76) 28 32 3601 311.0 29 33 3633 277.1 30 34 3661 246.9 z2 z3 21 300,.. 17500 3900.13900. 7900.13900.. 31 35 3686 220.0 32 36 soi 3380 3708 196.1 I Ì 33 37 3729 174.7 150 3900 3600 34 1 38 3747 155.7 T 35 39 3764 138.7 / \ \II 36 40 3778 123.7 / 37 41 3791 110.2 I\ /

I \ / 3900. CONSTANT I MElER 38 42 3803 98.21 LINE LOAD IMP. ATTENUATOR 39 43 3813 87.53 \ \10 40 44 3823 78.01 TRANSFORMER TURNS 41 45 3831 69.52 RATIO I. 2, 6 db GAIN 42 46 3839 61.96 43 47 3845 55.22 44 48 3851 49.21 45 49 3857 43.86 Fig. 6. Method of connecting VU meter to 150 -ohm line through matching trans- former. Fixed pad is connected at 16 -VU point due to power limitations of trans- 46 50 3861 39.09 former.

38 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com BUILD YOUR OWN 1 ENSEN HIFI SPEAKER SYSTEM IT'S EASY WITH JENSEN'S NEW COMPLETE SPEAKER KITS AND DETAILED CABINET CONSTRUCTION AND ASSEMBLY MANUAL!

KT-3I IMPERIAL KIT 3-way system. The ultimate in You performance.performance. Specially designed SPEAKER "woofer ", compression type Build mid-range and supertweeter' SYSTEMS units. 600- and 4000 -cycle cross - Your`°" nu'!/ HI. FI BIG 36 PAGE over networks, intrarange equal- izer, special controls. brackets, 18 SIMPLIFIED cables. Recommended enclosure 25 cu. ft. in back-loading folded- .penae BOOK WITH horn. 16 ohms. 35 watts. 5111.51 ?CAnNS 18 ENCLOSURE

KT 32 TRIPLEX KIT 3 -way sy.,lni. Snp.rlat iv, per- DESIGNS formance in moderate space: approx. 10 eu. ft. suggested. 15. woofer', compression type Complete instructions for mid -range and ' upertweeter" units. 600- and 40(X) -cycle cross- building self-contained or over networks intrarange equal- izer, controls, brackets, cables. built -in single speaker and 16 ohms. 35 watts S1H.51 2 -way and 3-way speaker systems: "Duette ", Bass - Ultraflex and Back -load- ing Folded Horn cabinets. KT-21 CONCERTO-IS KIT 2 -way system. An outstanding Includes parts lists and system with 15' "woofer" and -..r.E... speaker data for all types compression type "tweeter, .f 2000 -cycle crossover network .. of enclosures. and balance control, bracket and --. Cables. 111 eu. ft. enclosure sug- ((// gested. 16 ohms. 311 watts $11.51 l'(If:Nll!' HIGH-FtDELI?T Get Your Copy Now nO.1T-vOURSELi" DESIGNS For Only 50C KT -22 CONCERTO-12 KIT 6 2 -way system. Excellent per- .en6en formance in scaled -down size (recommended enclosure as ', small as 6 cu. ft.). Like KT -21 except 12' 'woofer ". 16 ohms. 25 watts .._._.._.._....._._...... $7.10 If you want a hi -fi system with the stand -out performance for which *i Jensen speakers are famous . .. plus the fun and saving of "do it yourself" ... and the advantage of being able to adapt. each basic design to your be ROUIS TREASURE CHEST exact needs for a built -in or free standing speaker enclosure, then sure DUETTE KIT get of Jensen's big new 36 page Manual 1060 now! 2 -way system. Special 8' to your copy "woofer ", compression driver "tweeter" and frequency divi- Explains fully the advantages and relative performance of 18 different sion for compact reproducer (t Sf cu. ft. Duette enclosure or speaker systems you can build or build -in with Jensen hi-fi speaker kits. 2 (4 cu. ft. Bass- Ultraflex type.) Includes wiring materials. 8 Tells you how to start in high fidelity on a low budget with a real 2-way ohms. 21) watts_...._ $24.75 speaker system that can cost under $20 complete! Shows how to build a hi -fi speaker in table form to improve your TV or to use as an attractive useful furniture piece.

KDU -11 TABLE DUETTE KIT Manual 1060 gives you complete drawings for cabinet work plus easy 2- waysystem.Specially design.' I for chair side or table TV use. to follow instructions for woodwork, speaker installation and connecting May also be used In 1,4 cu. ft. Duette enclosure. Heavy duU up. Tells how to make the latest in "Bass -Ultraflex" and back -loading 6' x 0" woofer', compri --ism vsatu driver "tweeter" frequeuri dr folded horn enclosures. You can build any of Jensen's fine reproducers vision unit and irking m:drFiw- 3-4 ohms. 20 ..... 52115 from the incomparable Imperial to a low cost Duette. Manual 1060 is priced, postpaid at only 500.

Ask Your Dealer for Manual 1060 or Order Direct from Jensen KDU-12 BUDGET DUETTE KIT 2-way system. For maximum give you results at lowest cost. May be The JENSEN authentic high Jidclilg speaker system kits the installed in table or 14 cu. ft. in regular Duette or in 2% cu. ft. same high -quality matched loudspeaker components used JENSEN'S Bass- Ultratlex enclosures. assembled complete reproducers: you "do it yourself" and save. 8 x 9' "woofer" direct radiator factory "tweeter" frequency dividing easy to select and order the kit you want. Everything is in one unit plus wiring materials. 3 -4 It's ohms. 15 watts._-__.... -.518.58 package. Every Jensen kit comes to you packed in a single carton with wiring KTX-I RANGE EXTENDER all the matched components, special mounting brackets and SUPERTWEETER KIT materials ready for easy installation. Instructions are simple and clear Adds smooth, clean highs from 4000 -cycles to limits of audi- previous experience or technical skill required. bility to any single unit, coaxial -no or 2-way system. Complete with crossover network, balance con- Sold by good High Fidelity dealers throughout the world. trol and cable. For systems rated up to 35 watts 543.15

Cabinart (G L H Wood Products) utility enclosures are ARE YOU BUILDING OR REMODELING YOUR HOME? SHOW YOUR ARCHITECT OR available for all except KT-31 and KTX -I Kits. CONTRACTOR THE TYPE OF SPEAKER ENCLOSURE YOU WANT IN MANUAL 1060'AND FIND OUT HOW VERY LITTLE IT WILL COST TO BUILD IN THE FINEST IN JENSEN AUTHENTIC HIGH FIDELITY. Jensen MANUFACTURING COMPANY 6601 South Laramie, Chicago 38 Division of The Muter Co., in Canada. Copper Wire Products. Ltd., Licensee

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 39

www.americanradiohistory.com High Fidelity Standards

EDGAR VILLCHUR;

A discussion of some of the basic facts about sound reproduction that may seem to be so well known as to be overlooked in the general consideration of the problems involved in high -quality systems.

SOUND -Chapter 2

I" MIGHT APPEAR that following a dis- interest for the person listening to re- reproduced at the 60 db level, below 300 cussion of the nature of sound, the produced music, except as it describes cps or so we will hear the bass with less logical subject to consider next would the relative nuisance value of different relative loudness than we would have ti be the criteria for reproducing this sound types of noise. No matter how lop -sided heard at the concert itself. If you follow with "high fidelity" to the original. One our interpretation of acoustic reality, we the 90- and 60 -db curves, shown super- other element, however, should be cov- make the same interpretation in the con- imposed in Fig. 2-2, you will see that ered first-the way in which we hear. cert hall as in our living room, and the there is approximately a 14 db perceived We have already seen, in examining craftsmen who designed musical instru- loss at 50 cps -it takes 14 db more of units of measurement for pitch and ments (who worked to satisfy their ears, actual amplitude,-in the lower curve, to power -the octave and the decibel -that not sound -level meters) perceived sound produce the same relative loudness at 50 our perception of sound does not neces- in the same way. cps as it does in the upper curve. sarily correspond directly to the objec- Fletcher ant; Munson made a second In order to re- create the original bal- tive reality. The illusion is consistent, discovery, however, that does bear di- ance of perceived frequencies at low vol- however, so that a given sound always rectly on the reproduction of sound. ume levels, it has become customary to has the same effect on a normal ear. They found that the effect described introduce bass boost which is related to An important element in the percep- above took place in varying degree, de- the setting of the volume control, either tion of sound was discovered by Fletcher pending on the over -all level of the automatically or otherwise. and Munson in 1933. These investigators sound. For very high amplitude sound A volume control tied to automatic demonstrated that our impression of the drop in loudness with frequency bass boost is called a loudness control. loudness did not depend solely on the below 3500 cps hardly occurred at all, (Some loudness controls also boost the amplitude of the sound wave, but on while for very soft sound the effect was treble spectrum appreciably at low vol- other things as well. Specifically, they maximum. Above 3500 cps the effect re- ume settings. Whatever the justification showed that sound in the lower treble mained constant, within 2 or 3 db, no for this, it does not lie in the Fletcher- range of the frequency spectrum -the matter what the over -all sound level. Munson curves.) 3500 -cps region- appeared to be much The well -known "equal loudness con- We are now prepared to discuss the louder than sound of the same amplitude tours," also referred to as the Fletcher- technical standards of quality that may at any other part of the spectrum. Thus, Munson curves, are reproduced in Fig. be applied to a sound reproducing sys- if the frequency scale were swept by a 2-1. Each curve plots the sound ampli-e tem. There will be no dividing lines pro- tone which continuously rose in fre- tude required to produce the same per- posed, at which low fidelity becomes quency but kept exactly the same ampli- ceived loudness at different frequencies medium, high, or super. Previous at- tude, the loudness, or apparent ampli- of the scale. It can be seen that normal tempts have been made to establish such tude, would increase to a maximum at hearing losses in the bass end become categories, in terms of "frequency about 3500 cps and then fall off again. progressively greater as the over-all range," but the writer considers these This fact does not have much practical sound level is decreased. attempts to be invalid. "Frequency This means that if an orchestra plays range" is a completely inadequate way to Woodstock, N. Y. a musical passage at the sound level rep- describe the frequency response of a sys- resented by 90 db, and if this music is tem, let alone its overall quality.

Frequency Response s_ iiì:::mm®III, 11 M The frequency response !Jill 1_ _I lIttiI:Í:%f Fig. 2 -1. The of a sound re- II IOWA ECM Fletcher- Munson producing system, or of one of its com- inI1wI equaI loudness ponents, describes its relative handling 11IlIN\-Mili tal contours. The of parts of the input signal which differ height of any in frequency. "Handling" may refer to curve at each point electrical amplification, as in an ampli- INJI fier, to represents the conversion of mechanical to elec- sound amplitude trical energy, as in a pickup, or to con- required to pro- version from electrical to acoustical duce the same sub- energy, as in a loudspeaker. ]11 There 'u.1 jective loudness as are two aspects of frequency re- 1111_1_Ia`1 at 1000 cps. (After sponse : the range of frequencies han- Fletcher and Mun- dled, and the uniformity with which the o 1I1\\:I// unit or system responds to different fre- 111 1:111sLI!:1MIll son) I1IIIIIELE1 quencies. Knowledge of the first of these 111loo 200 500 1000 0, 00 2000 5000 20,000 FREQUENCY IN CYCLES PER SECOND is useless without knowledge of the sec- ond. Let us therefore pass over the ques-

40 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

as www.americanradiohistory.com when high fidelity stopped being machinery and became a new kind of musical instrument!

Model D -1100 Festival with Optional Mod.l DC cage. The Festival did it by pioneering two seemingly radical points of view...

One was that high fidelity equipment need not look like an inverted dish pan, bristling with steel and glass. The Festival looked the part it played. It was sleek, copper brushed and functional. It didn't look at all like a conventional radio and certainly nothing like the usual frightening hi -fi machinery. Women found it positively attractive - liked the way it looked sitting on an open table in the living room. Then, too, the Festival combined all the electronic elements of a high fidelity system on one well organ- ized compact chassis. It was at once a sensitive AM -FM tuner. a flexible preamplifier and a powerful Ultra Linear amplifier. Each element was of the highest quality and they were mated for optimum performance. This was no glorified radio, but a system which commanded the professional's respect. It had jest the number of operating controls necessary to perform all the good high fidelity functions and everyone in the family could quickly understand and use it. The Festival made good sense and it made wonderful sound. Thus a new kind of high fidelity instrument was born, and the days of high fidelity machinery were num- bered. Today there are frequent imitations of the Festival, and that's to its credit. We think you'll prefer the improved original!! ADDITIONAL FEATURES: Record Equalization Selector - Illuminated Tuning Meter for AM and $1999s FM - Automatic Frequency Control and Flywheel Tuning - Separate Bass and Treble Tone Controls Selector Slightly -DC Heated Filaments in Critical Circuits- Exclusive Dynamic Loudness Contour -Tape high, Output - Dimensions: 12%" wide x 7" high x 12W deep. Refer to Technical Data Sheet DSD1100 it th= for complete specifications, operating curves and details. IeeV

Write for FREE colorfully illustrated new Catalog A -11

harman kardon 1 INCORPORAI la 520 Main Street, Westbury, L. I., N. Y.

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 41

www.americanradiohistory.com tion of range for the moment, and deter- Fig. 2 -2. The mine what uniformity will be required 60 and 90 db for the range we finally decide on. Fletcher- Munson curves superim- Uniformity of Response posed. The shaded Although the trained ear can usually area represents perceive a change of sound level of a db the difference in normal or less in test signals, the average ob- hearing server is probably less sensitive to a loss from one change of sound level in a particular sound level to the frequency range of a musical passage. other. Reproduction which remains constant over its frequency range within one or two db would thus probably be adequate It is the writer's opinion that the cps is sufficient for perfect or near -per- for perfect apparent fidelity, other amount of surface noise in a good qual- feet apparent fidelity in the reproduction things being equal. ity modern LP record and the amount of of orchestral music. The phrase "near- This standard can be met in amplifiers rumble from a good, modern record perfect is meant to imply that when without much difficulty, even at high changer, are such that there will not be such a range has been achieved the de- power levels. The best pickups are also too much significant noise produced in a signer should direct his attention to inac- able to conform, but loudspeakers are system with uniform frequency response, curacies of reproduction more gross than laggard in this respect. Until recently even though the frequency range be ex- are associated with the frequency limita- the best acoustic uniformity that could tended to the limits of the present state tions indicated. The frequency range of be expected was of the order of ± 5 db. of the art. In a comparison test con- different musical instruments, including Recent developments in both "woofers" ducted recently between two tweeters, the both fundamental and overtone sound and "tweeters" have worked to narrow one which was able to reproduce almost components, is illustrated in Fig. 2-3. these tolerances. an octave more of treble (into the in- For the pipe organ enthusiast, how- The results of non -uniform reproduc- audible region) showed a dramatic de- ever, there is significant intelligence tion are several. Undue volume in a par- crease of surface noise, due to its ex- (significant, that is, from the point of ticular section - of the sound spectrum treme evenness of response. There was view of the emotional impact of the can produce stridency or boominess as no selective reproduction of discrete fre- music) down to 32 cps or lower. 32.7 cps opposed to natural musical sound. More quencies, and the switch to the superior is three octaves below middle C relative particularly, the existence of sharp speaker produced a fuller, more natural to A-440, and is the lowest note of the peaks in the response curve, usually treble simultaneously with the reduction average pipe organ, although many representing a resonant condition, mean in surface noise. larger organs reach down an octave that hangover or ringing will be present A similar situation exists with regard lower. These low organ tones are distin- -the speaker cone or section of cone will to turntable rumble. A peaked system guished by the fact that they contain a continue to vibrate after the signal has whose response falls off rapidly below strong fundamental component. The stopped. This is perceived as a "rain - 60 cps will normally exhibit more turn- lowest tones of the piano, on the other barrel" effect, a muddying up of the table rumble than a smooth system whose hand, contain no fundamental energy sound and impairment of the distinctness full response extends an octave lower. that significantly affects the quality of of the different instrumental voices. Such Tell -tale evidence of the existence of the sound. Even though the lowest key on an effect is also indicated when the lis- peaked reproduction in the bass may be the piano strikes 27.5 cps, reproduction tener is unable to distinguish the pitch gathered from listening to the reproduc- down to this frequency is not required. of low- frequency tones. tion of speech program material. The Probably no characteristic of audio Another important effect of peaked male speaking voice ordinarily contains components is so freely booted about by frequency response is the exaggeration no sound components whose frequency advertising copywriters as frequency of unwanted noise components such as is below 100 cps, and the reproducing range. Any numerical range of fre- turntable rumble or record- surface system should give no hint (by a boomy, quencies listed is totally meaningless un- scratch. This effect was not given its due resonant quality in the voice) that it is less accompanied by a description of the recognition in the earlier days of high also capable of speaking in the tones of decibel tolerance above or below refer- fidelity, when the existence of rumble the double bass. ence that is being used. A 3 -inch speaker and surface noise was proudly displayed It is generally agreed among acoustic made for portable radios will "respond" as evidence of extended frequency range. authorities that the range of 40 to 15,000 when stimulated by a 30 cps signal - perhaps by having its cone tear loose and fly out into the air -and almost any speaker, even a woofer, will make some

NO "111""m9111111111111111 . kind of sound when stimulated by a high -powered 15,000 -cps signal. A fre- sto Fig. 2 -3. Fre- 1III quency response rating must mean roo 1\ni1111mso1iiÌrii1lm quency range of something more than that a signal of various musical $ so pp!1/%ii,wni given frequency makes a speaker move instruments, not i so 4: :::7i:S;M$' that including the pipe audibly, or it makes an amplifier 10 1 , ., u riglii*2.--dr.M5iiV show an electrical output of some sort ::'? . %:'::;"ïi4, I organ (After zo 11Ì1i11IImme=1sJ Snow) at its terminals. It must mean that within 1111II=b:!1111, , a stated frequency range, and, for power 20 devices, within a stated range of power, the fundamental output of a given device ICIIIM::ICIfI C:CICIIIii is uniform to a stated degree. r. IMO SOW The on -axis response of a loudspeaker FREQUENCY IN CYCLES PER SECOND may he very deceiving, because the

42 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com Inside and out .. PRESTO

makes the best!

An inside view of the heart of the Pirouette turntable ... a single movable plate on which 3 idler wheels are mounted. A flick of the control lever auto- matically engages the proper idler for the desired speed, eliminating excessive wear on idlers. This mechanism is made the PRESTO quality way ...throughout. The name PRESTO is always your assur- ance of the finest in parts... the greatest care in production ... PRESTO never cuts a corner on quality! The most advanced turntable for professional use! PRESTO PIROUETTE T -18 -H Turntable The revolutionary T -18 model with lie -t n i, motor. THE PRESTO $1.08 / Joliette T -18 streamlined, compact, trouble -free ...featuring the revolutionary flick shift ...one sideway flick selects any speed...331 /3, 45, 78 rpm

The turntable of the future is here ically engages the proper idler! today...in the PRESTO Pirouette... Trouble- making arms and shift cams PRESTO PIROUETTE a marvel of brilliant engineering, are eliminated, idler wheel wear sub- T -68 Turntable precise balance and simplicity. stantially reduced, trouble -free per- 16" version of the stream- Three idler wheels are mounted on formance is assured. These PRESTO lined T-18 ... heavy -duty a single movable plate. A sideway quality features assure topnotch wonder. $79.50 flick of the control lever automat- performance all the way: Finest turntable motor Extra heavy -weight, wide -bevel aluminum table Precision deep -well bearing Presto quality- engineered throughout A beautiful 12" turntable in smart telephone black with brushed chrome accents. $53.50.

PRESTO SR -27 TAPE RECORDER value of a lifetime You get top value in this superb PRESTO tape recorder. 3 -motor drive ... separate record, erase and playback heads ... fast forward and rewind. No take -up reel clutch. PRESTO PIROUETTE No idler pulleys. Top performance, rugged construction, with A -920 Turntable ideal for studio or home recording. Complete T -68 -H amplifier unit (pre -amp, equalizer and 10 watt amplifier) The 16" streamlined turn- only í588. table with hysteresis motor. $134 PRESTO. RECORDING CORP. Send Mis coupon for more Information Dept. A -1 1 7 PARAMUS, NEW JERSEY Rush catalog sheets on PRESTO Pirouette turntable;, SR -27 tape recorder and advise name of neare,t PRESTO distributor. Name.. RECORDING CORPORATION Company PARAMUS, NEW JERSEY Address.. City__._.._ .. _ .._ _Zone____. Export Division: 25 Warren Street, New York 7, N. Y. Canadian Division: Instantaneous Recording Service, 42 Lombard Street, Toronto State WORLD'S LARGEST MANUFACTURER OF PRECISION RECORDING EQUIPMENT AND DISCS

www.americanradiohistory.com higher frequencies tend to be directed istic way of performing with less than in a beam which continually narrows as perfect accuracy to the task demanded the frequency is raised. Good sound dis- of them: In addition to the frequencies :NJ OF REPRO- persion must therefore be a qualifying at which they are asked to vibrate me- DUCED TONE factor for any treble response curve. chanically (or alternate electrically) they introduce new modes of oscillation Transient Response of their own -and these new frequencies REPRO- are harmonics, integral multiples of the ND OF Transient DUCED TONE response refers to the ac- original frequency. This inaccuracy i SHOWING curacy of reproduction of the wave called harmonic distortion. It is measured HANGOVER envelope, and is concerned with the re- as the ratio of the amplitude of the production of attack and decay charac- spurious harmonies to the true signal, Fig. 2 -4. Poor transient response. teristics of the sound. We have seen that in per cent. viously untouched. uniform frequency response predicts the We have seen that harmonics of funda- Amplifier manufac- turers now feature distortion absence of ringing; if the steady -state mental frequencies are produced in any data over frequency response data ; frequency response curve does not have case by musical instruments. Yet small unfortunately it is very rare peaks, the reproduced sound will not amounts of harmonic distortion produce for loudspeaker advertise- ments to make any quantitative reverberate inaccurately but will die very unpleasant effects. The sound be- reference to distortion away just as in the original. comes harsh, at all. The reason lies in the unmusical; the bass is fact that Consider, for example, the tone repre- wooden and the treble painful. while both harmonic distortion and intermodulation distortion (the lat- sented in (A) of Fig. 2-4. Perfect re- The primary reason for this is that ter is usually greater by a factor production would produce an identical with harmonic distortion comes an at- of 3 or 4) can be kept wave form, differing perhaps only in tendant evil -intermodulation distortion. to extremely low values in high quality amplifiers amplitude, while poor transient response Intermodulation distortion can be -less than de- one per cent at rated power would be indicated by .the hangover that scribed as the introduction of new sound -the cor- responding values loudspeakers is apparent in (B). The continuation of components, at sum and difference fre- for are much higher. In the octave below the reproduced signal after the original quencies, when tones of two or more fre- 60 cps it is a rare speaker indeed which can has ended may be compared to a color quencies are passed through a non -linear hold harmonic distortion, at any smear on a reproduced painting. The system -that is, a system which creates appreci- able sound level, below the 5 per cent new musical tones which follow may harmonic distortion. These sum and mark over the entire also be inharmonious to the hangover difference frequencies are harmonically octave, and many speakers produce percentages of distor- tone, and an effect similar to intermodu- unrelated to the original musical tones. tion in this frequency region lation will be created. They are musically discordant, and they five times as great. But the listening results Attack time involves the reproduction serve to create raucous, unmusical sound are not as bad as might appear first of frequencies higher than the funda- in a degree proportional to their relative at glance : speaker response mental. Although a percussive tone may strength. The formation of intermodula- is normally severely attenuated in this lower range, have a low fundamental pitch, the fre- tion products is illustrated in Fig. 2 -5. which helps, and there is comparatively quency components associated with its It is also true that certain of the little musical material of such steep attack characteristic may be very higher harmonics are musically dissonant low fre- quency to be high. Natural reproduction of a drum to the fundamental. distorted. When the reproducing system has a beat through a two -way speaker system The primary importance of low distor- minimum of low frequency distortion, may thus be accomplished by the tion has always been recognized by audio very low bass tones of high power, such "woofer" handling the fundamental tone authorities. It has also become increas- as might be produced by and its proper decay, while the "tweeter" ingly recognized by the high fidelity organ pedal pipes, not only remain pure in contributes the sound components that public in recent years, after the first timbre themselves but do not create make up the sharp attack. flush of excitement over reproducing intermodu- lation with the rest of the music; they 1Reproduein, device, 11;1 P a character- regions of the frequency spectrum pre- do not destroy the purity of the treble by introducing false tones.

SOLE COMPONENTS The power capability of a high -quality ARE 50 CPS AND 50 reproducing system should be such as to CPS 1000 CPS be able to establish an intensity level of sound in the living room equal to the NON -DISTORTING level at a good seat in the original con- REPRODUCING DEVICE cert hall. The electrical power required of the amplifier for achieving this goal depends upon the efficiency 1 II of the 1000 CPS speaker, and the sound power required (A) of the speaker depends on the size and other acoustical characteristics of the room. Concert -hall level can be estab- 1 lished in a living room with a tiny frac- REPRODUCING tion of the acoustical power of a sym- DEVICE WITH phony orchestra, because the lower power DISTORTION COMPONENTS is concentrated in a much smaller area. INCLUDE 950 CPS 1 AND 1050 CPS "Concert -hall level" is sometimes mis- 1111111f J interpreted to mean the sound level which 1000 CPS (B) would be created if the orchestra were somehow jammed into the living room Fig. 2 Intermodulation -5. distortion as a result of harmonic distortion of the low itself, and hi -fi demonstrators and fans frequency wave form. Note that the wave envelope of the high- frequency tone is sometimes vie with each other for prizes "modulated." (Continued on prior 76)

44 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com Here is a new member in the Pilot Hi -Fi family ... a design that will delight every music lover planning NOW... his own high fidelity installation ... because it eliminates 90% of the cable, cabinet and assembly problems. The HF -56 is an instrument that combines 3 Pilot Hi -Fi 4 the heart Components on one chassis: a highly sensitive AM -FM Tuner ... versatile Phono- Equalizer and Preamplifier ... and a specially designed 35 -watt, Williamson -Type Amplifier. This is practical, unitized high fidelity of of your selected, proven components- factory- matched, interconnected and tested to insure the utmost quality performance. high fidelity Installation of the new HF -56 is utterly simple - even for a novice. Only one location -a single shelf for example -is all that is required. An engraved, gold- maroon escutcheon plate is furnished which frames system on the illuminated tuning dial and control knobs -and gives your finished front -panel a clean, professional look. The only wiring required is from the speaker system ONE to the amplifier output ... and ordinary screw terminals are provided for this purpose. For use as a , a record changer or turntable can be easily plugged into the standard pin -jack on the chassis. The HF -56 chassis has built-in AM and FM antennas.

THE NEW

PlidisH I -F Model HF -56 $199.50 Slightly higher West of Rockies

SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE PILOT HF-56 Full Armstrong FM circuit with AFC for control to match requirements of all mag Response: 20 to 20,000 cycles ± 1db. Har- easy, accurate tuning Tuned RF circuit netic cartridge types Equalization positions monic distortion: less than 1% at 25 watts for maximum AM fidelity Flywheel tuning for LP, NAB, AES, RIAA and Foreign Intermodulation Distortion: 1.6 % at 25 watts for rapid station selection Loudness-com- record characteristics Individual, contin- DC Heater Supply : Effectively reduces hum pensated volume control Three input uously variable bass and treble controls in all critical circuits Dynamic Damping terminals for phono, tape recorder, TV or Output for tape recording -independent of Control unit available at slight extra cost other program source Variable phono load controls Power Output: 35 watts peak Dimensions: 14'/" w x 7t/x" h x 12" d.

See and Hear the HF -56 at your Sound Dealer or write for complete details to Dept. AL -1 Over 35 years RADIO CORPORATION Leadership PiI ot 37 -06 36th St., Long Island City 1, N. Y. in Electronics AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 45

www.americanradiohistory.com 11 as not possible to detect any difference on a live band program originating Equipment Report locally -a reasonably valid test. The "gimmick" mentioned earlier is the adaptation which permits the connec- Rauland "Golden Gate" AM -FM Tuner and TV Sound tion of a companion TV tuner for re- Tuner ceiving the sound portion of TV programs. -New Kingdom- Lorenz Speaker Line-Collaro 2010 Trans- A small socket is provided on the rear apron of the 11F -155 which furnishes cription Turntable-Sherwood S -1000 Music Center Amplifier. power to the TV tuner -similar in appear- ance and 7% in. wide and 8% in. deep which is simply plugged - COMPAEINO NEW EQUIPMENT each month and is housed in a black and gold marble- into the socket. invariably serves to provide Antenna connections are paralleled between an educa- ized case. The front has only two knobs- the tion in manufacturers' different ap- tuning and two units, and when the selector switch selector -and an indicator is turned to TV, proaches to the problem of providing light shows which band is being employed. the auxiliary unit feeds the TV sound i. f. 10.7 equipment that will do what is expected of The selector switch is marked with five (at me) through the FM i. f. section. Because of the wide it and, in addition, offer some new fea- designations -OFF, AM, FM AFC, FM, and Tv. ture which will at least attract the interest The tuner sections i. f. pass band, compared to usual TV re- are fairly conventional, ceivers ± of the prospective purchaser to the extent and terminate in a cathode follower (which require only 25 kc of fre- to per- quency swing) the sound quality is ex- that he will give it a tryout. And in the mit feeding a long line to the amplifier. A case of the Rauland HF -155 "Golden 5 -µv signal will give cellent-even better than from the dis- an output of 1.5 volts criminator of our old 630, which can provide Gate" AM -FM tuner, the manufacturer on AM, and will provide 20 db of quieting has done just that. No more or less at- on FM. In audio quality somewhat above average. actual use on FM, the set seems The tractive in appearance than many other like a good automobile radio 100 miles from TV unit consists of a conventional turret -type tuner adapted to a tuners, this model might just possibly es- any city -there is a station on almost every work at 10.7 -me i.f., and provided with a switch in cape consideration by the shopper without channel. For this type of reception it is the "gimmick." But with the gimmick necessary the heater circuit. A fine tuning control at to operate without afc, for the permits hand in the form of an attachable TV control is so effective accurate adjustment of tuning. that it will hold a For installations where the user wishes tuner, the unit may be singled out for a station of good local strength over a range to use his hi -fi system to reproduce TV trial, and from then on it can well pro- of 1 megacycle each side of the correct ceed on its own, for it is an exceptionally tuning point. Frequency response sound without the inconvenience of making is internal connections to his TV this good performer on every count. claimed to be flat within ± 0.5 db from 20 set, The HF -155 is relatively small, being to 20,000 cps, combination of units will give excellent and in comparison with quality. To form 4 in. high, 131,E in. wide, and 10 in. deep, another set known to have this response, a valid opinion of any it tuner it is necessary to "live with it" long enough to find out if it "wears well," and after three months of living with these units, it must be said that they do wear extremely well.

NEW KINGDOM -LORENZ SPEAKER LINE Though introduced to the U. 8. market only a little over a year ago, the first two models of the Kingdom-Lorenz line have already established themselves for quality above what could reasonably be expected when one considers the cost. Nor, in fact, should these speakers be judged on the basis of cost, for in proper enclosures they perform well. The two models which have been shown over the past year are the LP- 215 and the LP -65-8% and 21,E inches in diameter, respectively. Better to suit stand- Fig. 1. Rauland "Golden Gate" AM -FM tuner. ard U. S. enclosures designed for 8 -inch speakers, the new LP -208 supersedes the 215. It is heavier, being rated at 15 watts average and 25 watts peak, and is con- structed with a cast girder -type basket to eliminate frame resonances. Voice -coil im- pedance is 8 ohms, and the unit is capa- ble of wide -range output when properly soon DIPOLE housed. It requires a baffle opening of 7% in. and it is 4 in. deep. . The LP -65-a tweeter with a frequency range from 2000 to 17,000 cps -remains in IR the line. It resembles a cone speaker, but E-O 600 has a solid bac' so that it may be installed in the same enclosure with a low- frequency u speaker without being affected by the air l! pressure in the enclosed space. For best re- 6 sults this unit should be used with a cross- over network at 5000 cps, although a series 1s6 capacitor will serve to prevent damage from low frequencies. Listening tests al- ways show that quality is better when the network is used so that the high fre- 6OO 600 quencies are not fed to both units with re- H.T.R. 6 . sulting cancellation at various points in the 11RO011 011 SLACK R F D 130 v. spectrum. The LP -65 has a 5.5 -ohm im- pedance, and is rated at 2 watts, but when o to the high- frequency range, NAiDA restricted it 467 will handle the output of a 25 -watt system. A completely new speaker is the LP -312, a 12 -in. model shown in Fig. 3. Constructed with a heavy cast girder frame, this unit Fig. 2. Schematic of Rauland TV tuner unit. has a usable frequency range from 20 to

46 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com THE GREATEST NAMES IN BR/T /SH ELECTRON/CS USE

BURNDEPT VIDO TS GRAMPIAN FERRANTI McMICHAEL ICTA BUSH AL QTEXION H. J. LEAK PARMEKO FERC BUSH PAMPH A BUSH ALBA PYE BAIRD EKCO RI RAYMOND NOY TANNOY FERGUSON PARMEKO McMI ONL IOPHONE DEVELOPMENT CO. Li AMPHO INVICTA ' NVICTA DECCA OF ENGLAND EKCO RAYMO PT VIDOR ROBER) Z ROBERTS FERGUSON FERRAI McMICHAEL R.G.D. (RADIO GRAMOPHONE L RHONE DEVELOPMENT CO. LTD.) REGENTONE BUSH PAMPHONIC INVIC) C INVICTA DECCA OF EN( BEREC EKCO RAYMOND TRIX ELECTRICAL .RO. 'CAL ROBERTS FERGUSOI FERRANTI McMICHAEL VORTEXION H. J. LEAK h GRAMPIAN VIDOR PARP'

British equipment manufacturers are making a %ital contribution to the development of electronics in all fields of application. Their products are being exported to every corner of the world, earning a universal reputation for advanced techniques and excellent performance. The majority of these electronic equipment manu- facturers consistently use Mullard tubes. This choice is decided upon because they prefer the greater assurance of efficiency and dependability, and because the vast manufacturing resources of the Milliard organisation guarantee ready avail- ability of Mullard tubes wherever they are needed. Supplies of Mullard tubes for replacement in British equipments are available from the companies mentioned below:-

n the U.S.A. International Electronics Corporation, Department All. 81, Spring Street, N.Y. 12, New York, U.S.A. In Canada Rogers Majestic Electronics Limited, Department HC. 11-19 Brentcliffe Road, Toronto 17, Ontario, Canada.

Mullard Electronic Tubes -used throughout the world Mullard is the Trade Mark of Mulford Ltd., and is I Mullard registered in most of the principal countries of

MULLAH() OVERSEAS LTD, CENTURY HOUSE, SHAFTESBURY AVE., LONDON, ENGLAND the world. MEV 30

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 47

www.americanradiohistory.com speakers before selecting one for use in COLLARO 2010 one's system, the listener should make sure TRANSCRIPTION that each successive speaker be tested in TURNTABLE the same type of enclosure as that in which The t'ulbuo trans,,riptimn turntables are it is to be installed. The housing can make available in two styles -model 2010 with a considerably more difference than the loud- 12% x 151 in. base and with the arm speaker unit itself, and in most instances mounted integrally on it, and model 2000 can either enhance or degrade the per- with a smaller mounting plate, most of formance of the unit. Some speakers work which is covered by the platter itself. Both well in certain types of enclosures and are similar in mechanical construction, but poorly in others, while the results may be only model 2010 has been tested. completely reversed with another speaker The base plate is mounted solidly to the unit. The Kingdom- Lorenz line has con- motor board with only a rubber gasket sistently shown up well in back- loaded en- around the edges-this mainly to serve as a closures of the Klipech Rebel type, yet damper rather than as a vibration isolator. still sounds well in a bass reflex cabinet. The turntable, an 8h -lb. iron casting, is No information is available on perform- mounted on a 7 /16 -in. shaft, and rune in a ance in infinite baffles, but since low -fre- die -cast well that is fitted with bronze bear- quency resonance is relatively low, it is ings. The heavy turntable provides some estimated that performance would be satis- flywheel action, since most of the weight factory. is concentrated around its perimeter. The Fig. 3. New Kingdom- Lorenz LP -312- While it has not been possible to make a unit requires a clearance of 2% in. above complete series of a 12 -inch model with cast basket. acoustical measurements the top of the motor board, and only 3 in. on the entire line of Kingdom-Lorenz speak- below the top of the motor board. The arm ers, such measurements have been made on is long enough to permit playing 16 -in. 14,000 cps, although it is more common to some of the models, in comparison with a transcriptions, and the total space required use it as a woofer and add an LP -208 and speaker of known quality and performance to clear the large discs and the base plate an LP -65 to cover mid- and high -frequency (it is not claimed that our testing methods is only 16% in. deep by 17% in. wide. ranges, or use it with one or two yield absolute response figures loud- LP -65's for The well- in a coaxial mounting (see Fig. 6). How- speakers, although the methods do simulate balanced motor is hung on three coil springs in ever, when used alone, it is capable of ex- the performance of speakers in the same tension, and the drive to the cellent performance over the entire fre- room with what we consider our "stand- turntable is through a thin idler wheel quency spectrum. ard"). All of the K -L models have been which consists of a steel disc around which has been moulded rubber To facilitate building up from a single heard, however, and in most of the possible a wheel, the steel 1/s in. 12 -inch speaker to a two- or three -way combinations, and a long period of "living extending to within of the edge of A -1 with" the LP -65 in conjunction with the the idler. single knob on the front corner system, the TB and TB -2 tweeter com- of the binations have been added, 4 earlier LP -215 has been sufficient proof of base plate selects speed and oper- Figa. and motor 5). With these units, it is possible to con- the performance of the tweeter -which re- ates the switch. vert any 12 -in. speaker to a coaxial or mains unchanged in the new line. Compara- The pickup arm is supported by a Vis- diaxial unit simply by bolting one of them tive listening to the new 8 -inch model indi- coloid "hinge" for its horizontal axis, in place in front of the larger cone and and rotates in the post which is integral with the base plate. An arm rest is also mounted on the base, and a stop on the arm prevents damage to the stylus if the arm is dropped inadvertently. The pickup fur- nished is a crystal made by Ronette, and employs the 284PX construction, the "X" signifying a perforated stylus bar which reduces the effective mass to a minimum. Fig. 5. Lorenz TB -2 -a two -speaker The unit tracks with 8 grams, and a 7 Fig. 4. Lorenz TB -1 tweeter combination tweeter unit with mounting bracket. cm /sec. signal gives an output of 0.1 volts for 12 -in. loudspeakers. when terminated by 0.12 megohm. At this termination, the signal is essentially of the constant velocity type, and may be fed into a high -pass filter, -1, adding either type HP cates that it is even better than the earlier a conventional preamplifier with the usual or a crossover network. The mounting 9 -inch unit in the low- frequency region, and compensation controls. Some caution should brackets are of heavy construction and are the 12 -inch model adds another octave to he designed exercised to avoid overloading the first to clear the cone completely. This the low end with smoothness largely de- stage, but this may be done easily by em- arrangement the need eliminates for make- pendent on the enclosure -which can be ploying a voltage divider at the input. One shift fittings when it is desired to add a said of any loudspeaker. The new line of- easy way of doing this is to connect tweeter to an a existing speaker, and when fers a convenient and practical method of 75,000 ohm resistor in series with the installed the result is neat and efficient; "building up" to a two- or three -way sys- "hot" lead from the pickup to the input and furthermore, it requires a minimum of tem of good performance. work. of a usual preamplifier with a terminating resistor of 47,000 ohms. For those desiring a finished unit em- ploying both the 12 -in. woofer and one or The two Collard transcription turntables two of the tweeters, the LP -312 -1 and LP- are normally finished in an ivory enamel, 312-2 are available. These models consist and the platter is covered with ribbed rub - of the basic LP -312 in combination with her. Using the same methods as outlined either TB -1 or TB -2 already installed and in the March issue, the rumble content was connected. The combination gives an in- measured at a level of 43 db below the out- creased frequency range - extending to put from a disc cut at a level of 20 cm /sec. 17,000 cps at the high end and when in- This is what could be reasonably ex- stalled in an enclosure which will permit pected in normal home installations -and it, down to 20 cps at the low end. in many professional ones-and should not Various combinations of the Lorenz line be construed as an absolute measurement. have been auditioned, ranging from a However, let it be said that with normal single LP -208 to a complete three -way sys- records playing at normal level rumble was tem composed of two LP- 312's, two LP- undetectable. 208's and two -65'e. As LP would be ex- The Collard models mounted, pected, the six -speaker system was con- are easily siderably superior to any other speaker and could well provide consistent and reli- played singly, but the over -all quality was able operation for the user who wishes a considered excellent and more than ade- single -play turntable. quate for a high -quality system. As with Even though the Collaro 2010 is a rela- any direct- radiator type loudspeaker, the tively simple unit, its performance can well enclosure makes a great difference in the be said to make it suitable for those who Fig. 6. The new LP- 312 -2 combination performance, and this observer would rec- -a wish a heavy well balanced turntable for ommend that whenever judging loud- of the LP -312 and the TB -2. ,Inalitv reproduction.

48 AUDIO NOVEMBER. 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com "BUILD-IT-YOURSELF" AND ENJOY

J 0 Heathkit FM TUNER KIT Features brand new circuit and physical design. Matches WA -P2 Preamplifier. Modem tube line -up provides bet- ter than 10 uv. sensitivity for 20 db of quieting. Built -in power supply. Incorporates automatic gain control -highly stabilized oscillato r- illuminated tuning dial -pre- aligned IF and ratio transformers and front end tuning unit. Uses MODEL FM-3 GBQ7A Cascode RF stage, 6U8 oscillator- mixer, two @/ /l50 Healhkils® 6C116 IF amplifiers, 6AL5 ratio detector, 6C4 audio 'PLL.} amplifier, and 6X4 rectifier. Shpg. Wt. 7 Lbs. Heathkit 25 -Watt HIGH FIDELITY AMPLIFIER KIT O Features a new -design Peerless output transformer and KT66 output tubes. Frequency Op response within ±1 db from 5 cps to 160 Ke at 1 watt. Harmonic distortion only 1% at 25 watts, 20-20,000 cps. IM distortion only 1% at 20 watts. 4, 8, or 16 ohms output. Hum and noise. 99 db below rated output. Uses 2- 12AU7's, 2- KT66's and 5R4GY. Attractive physical appearance harmonizes with WA-P2 Preamplifier. Kit combinations: fi :4101 W -5M AMPLIFIER KIT: W -5 COMBINATION AMPLIFIER pall_! Consists of main amplifier and KIT: Consista of W -5M am- %PEW: power supply, all on one chas - plifier kit plus Heathkit Model . - . ; ,111=11L sis. Shpg. WI. 31 Lbs. Express $597.5 WA -P2 Preamplifier kit. Shpg. -I c . Ip.!I © 38 $7950 only. wt. Lbs. Express only. IÌI-' ,,ave-111:4114 111111Ì1131ÚItlIp11Ì1'11iïi M ?I11_-_.,m,.. Heathkit HIGH FIDELITY PREAMPLIFIER KIT © A);11 Designed specifically for use with the Williamson Type Amplifiers, the WA -P2 features 5 separate switch- selected input channels, each with its own input control -full record separate bass and equalization with turnover and rolloff controls- WA-P2 treble tone controls-and many other desirable features. Frequency MODEL response is within ±1 db from 25 to 30,000 cps. Beautiful satin-gold finish. Power requirements from the Heathkit Williamson Type s1975 Amplifier. Shpg. Wt. 7 Lbs.

Heathkit Williamson Type HIGH FIDELITY AMPLIFIER KIT This amplifier employs the famous Acrosound TO-300 "Ultra Linear" output trans- former, and has a frequency response within +1 db from 6 cps to 150 Kc at 1 watt. Harmonic distortion only 1% at 21 watts. IM distortion at 20 -watts only 1.3 %. Power output 20 watts. 4, 8. or 16 ohms output. Hum and noise, 88 db below 20 watts. Uses 2- 6SN7's, 2- 5881's and 5V4G. Kit combinations: W -3M AMPLIFIER KIT: Consists of W -3 COMBINATION AMPLIFIER main amplifier and power sup- KIT: Consists of W -3M am- ply for separate chassis con - plifier kit plus Heathkit Model traction. Shpg. Wt. 29 lbs. $4975 WA-P2 Preamplifier kit. Shpg. $6950 Express only. Wt. 37 lbs. Express only.

© Heathkit Williamson Type HIGH FIDELITY AMPLIFIER KIT This is the lowest price Williamson type amplifier ever offered in kit form, and yet it retains all the usual Williamson features. Employs Chicago output transformer. Fre- quency response, within +1 db from 10 cps to 100 Kc at 1 watt. Harmonic distortion only 1.5% at 20 watts. IM distortion at rated output 2.7 %. Power output 20 watts. 4, 8, or 16 ohms output. Hum and noise, 95 db below 20 watts, uses 2- 6SN7'a, 2- 5881's, and 5V4G. An exceptional dollar value by any standard. Kit combinations: W -4AM AMPLIFIER KIT: Consists of W -4A COMBINATION AMPLIFIER main amplifier and power sup- KIT: Consists of W -4AM am- ply for single chassis construe - plifier kit plus Heathkit Model don. Shpg. Wt. 28 lbs. Express $3975 WA -P2 Preamplifier kit. Shpg. $5950 only. Wt. 35 lbs. Express only.

Heathkit 20 -Watt HIGH FIDELITY AMPLIFIER KIT The World's This model represents the least expensive route to high fidelity performance. Frequency Finest response is ±1 db from 20- 20,000 cps. Features full 20 watt output using push -pull 61.6's and has separate bass and treble tone controls. Preamplifier and Electronic main amplifier on same chassis. Four switch -selected inputs, and MODEL A -9B Equipment separate bass and treble tone controls provided. Employs miniature $3550 tube types for low hum and noise. Excellent for home or PA in Kit Form applications. Shpg. Wt. 23 Lbs.

Kim ici=kaillit,%t- cum to- &a.á/ HEATH COMPANY Heathhit construction manuals are full of big. clear pictorial diagrams that show the A Subsidiary of Gaystroar Inc. placement of each lead and part in the circuit. In addition, the step -by -step procedure describes each phase of the construction very carefully. and supplies all the information HARBOR 25, you need to assemble the kit properly. Includes information on resistor color- codes. BENTON tips on soldering. and information on the tools you need. Even a beginner can build high quality Heathkits and enjoy their wonderful performance. MICHIGAN

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 49

www.americanradiohistory.com SHERWOOD 5 -1000 bottom of the cabinet; located on the sanie "MUSIC CENTER" AMPLIFIER chassis are a phono level -set control, tape recorder . iiiiiiáii = = output jack, and the damping - °":::",111111MOUNI factor switch-about which more later. :.::. IIIpIm1111Ym The remaining four tubes Every so often a particularly attractive are accessible 11Effi:au11111mmIN1m from the rear. The five inputs are on the o inIllllmmi;'!meus1111pmi unit of hi -fi equipment comes along, not rear panel, ° 11111111RIIIIIIS!VNI only from the and the speaker connections are standpoint of appearance, located on the output transformer 101.1f 1111I1 1111111111=\0 11iü n but also from that of performance. The shell so w Sherwood as to be reached readily from the back of S -1000 "Music Center" ampli- the unit. Even the auxiliary ÌÌÌÌ11IIIIÌ111n- fier is one of them, and some of the circuit power recep- design features tacle is so mounted as to be out of the way 01111111111111MO11111111= are of particular interest of the output and rectifier tubes. to those who are technically interested in On the audio products. whole, the physical and electronic engi- This neering is straightforward and efficient, IIINlin111M.111 IIIM amplifier is designed for the user both internally and externally. eoIII111I1 MIMEO who must have compactness- although iM(a11 1111111 Ii/ there is no reason why it should not be The phono preump is a low -noise Z -7.9 o°"I%! i .1111!ít%// just as effective in an installation pentode feeding one half of a 12AX7, with or/,',rr é!%ii where \111IIf:':%!;i; space was not a problem. Shown in Fig. 8, equalization networks connected between 0 01.J11;LLn:,:ii!i!1111%ïÍt!lili%/ the two plates, and with the phono ° it is housed in a metal cabinet which is level - gam jtii //Giílll i :h// adequately ventilated, and set control following. The selector switch ir1; i:11I1 11=02:¡;..v12 available in grounds v:'/.'/.íi it'/I1111111IIIIIIli..!//í::'i!i black and gold stippled lacquer, or leather- all unused outputs, and feeds the ZA.!:. IIIN111111111'//. ette in mahogany, black, or white. The con- second half of the 12AX7 which serves as trol panel is framed by a gold -finished a cathode follower to drive the Baxendall EllIIIIIIIIINIIIIIIM bezel, and the panel itself is leatherette in tone -control circuit, which feeds the first a constrasting color. There are five knobs, half of another 12AX7, and this is followed by the loudness control and IV four push buttons, and two slide switches the second half on the panel -with a pilot of the tube. The rumble filter is located light to indicate between e when power is turned on. this tube and the 12AÚ7 split ------SHERWOOD- The four pushbuttons load phase splitter which drives the two at the left control .;- S-1000 the phono equalization, and are marked 6L6GB output tubes in an Ultra- Linear == circuit. LP, LON, AE6 /RIAA and EUR, providing the Performance data are shown in the three sections I curves shown in the top section of Fig. 7. of Fig. 7, and the complete ¢r The left knob is the selector switch, with schematic is shown in Fig. 9. ,.- --- a high -gain PHONO position and four ]ow- The Damping Factor control is provided gain positions marked A, e, c, and TAPE. in the form of a switch that has three posi- The next knob is the bass tone control and tions-the center position being normal, the next is the treble control, both of the while the other two select positive or nega- Baxendall type, and both marked for boost tive current feedback, with resulting in- or cut in db. A loudness control is next, crease or decrease in the damping factor. . Performance curves for Fig -the with a In the normal position "normal" point marked on the the internal im- Sherwood S-1000. panel as "0" and the relative levels shown pedance on the 16 -ohm tap is 2.3 ohms, or a on the panel in db above and below normal. damping factor of 7. In the "-2 "position, The remaining knob works over three posi- the output appears as a negative 8 ohms tions -in the counterclockwise position the with resulting increase in the damping. power is off; in the center power is on and With well damped speaker systems the user the loudness control is operating normally; may prefer to use the "+ 2" position, with in the clockwise position power is on and considerably below -normal damping. In use the equalization is removed from the loud- -to the ear, that is -there is an appreci- ness control so that it operates as an un- able difference in output quality when the compensated volume control. The slide switch is indiscriminately changed from switches control the phono scratch filter one position to another, but this is largely and the rumble filter -the latter being due to level change. When the volume is operative on all inputs to the amplifier. compensated, the difference is more subtle The first three tubes are mounted on a but still there. With small and bass-reso- sub -chassis which is nant speakers, the negative Fig. accessible from the position is the 8. Sherwood "Music Center" amplifier. best sounding, provided the bass loss from this arrangement is made up with the tone M control. In the positive position, the reso- nant point is magnified, although with a top -quality speaker it is only slightly ap- parent. With this variety of choice, how- 6L66s ever, any user should find one position that fil particularly suited him. 124117 24117 114 While many amplifiers are designed to esn be mountable in a cabinet, the method of doing so with the S -1000 is somewhat un- usual in that the entire metal housing still OlD serves as protection for the amplifier, as well as shielding. The front panel and the ornamental bezel are removed from the metal case and installed permanently in the wooden cabinet and the amplifier is ...... ,Ommers "plugged in" from the back. Suitable sup- port members are required to sustain the s.e, weight of the amplifier, but a minimum of changes is required in order to make it into a unit which looks as though it were in- stalled by a professional, even though the %W- woodworking ability of the builder may not be topnotch. alt? - :12411] The S -1000 is physically small, but it performs all the needed functions of a "music center" and has most of the fea- T tures considered desirable by those who .ti AY/ _a,.y,MT know what they want and who know enough about their requirements to make a valid Fig. 9. Schematic of the Sherwood S-1000 "Music Center" amplifier. decision.

50 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com LEONARD RADIO Presents. . The NEWEST and FINEST in HIGH FIDELITY

Miniaturized "Preamp with Presence" As described by C. G. McProud in the May issue of AUDIO. Three tubes -preamplifier with three phonograph equalization curves, presence control, volume and loudness controls, and Baxendall -type bass and treble tone controls. Basic kit, consisting of printed circuit panel completely drilled, four chassis parts, and the 1.0 -Hy. encapsulated choke, with instruc- tions $7.50 Complete kit of parts, including the basic kit and all other parts and tubes as specified by the author. With complete instructions $35.50

BOZAK 207A SPEAKER BOZAK 305 SPEAKER SYSTEM

LISTENING is the genuine test, and you'll hear why this medium PERFORMANCE of the highest size, three -way speaker system order makes the Bozak B207 -A is the first choice of music lovers the fastest selling two -way Co- everywhere. The clean, typically - Bozak perfect transients, axially balance, mounted system. The wde -range high efficiency from sound is clean throughout the en- the deep bass to the highest tire audible range. The B -207A treble, inaudible distortion, and fits all standard cutouts for 12" a full 120° of useful listening area, combine for superb fidelity and 15" speakers. and listening ease in any average B -207A Net 83.85 listening room. The B -305 con- sists of two B -207A Coaxial units, one B -209 Mid -Range and a B -199A (woofer) Net 49.50 N -102 Network. All components are correctly phased, wired B -200X (tweeter) Net 30.00 and mounted in beautiful hand - rubbed cabinets.

B -305 Net 390.00 (available in a variety of finishes)

P -305P (panel mounted) . Net 249.00 GARRARD 301 TRANSCRIPTION TURNTABLE

RECOMMENDED, be- LEAK ARM WITH DYNAMIC PICKUP (Moving Coil) cause this machine has been designed to pro- vide the professional PREFERRED by experts the world -- user and quality enthu- over for its advanced design and siast with a unit su- quality workmanship. Stylus: size

in . . . preme its class -0.001" radius + nothing truly the world's finest 0.0001". Material -diamond only. Frequency Response: Total transcription turntable variation db 20,000 c/s to 40 with the LP head, includ- for use in the home! -1 c/s ing transformer. SPECIFICATIONS: Voltage: Dual 100 range, to 130 and 200 to Model A Net 59.00 250 volts. cycle pulley available. less 50 Wow: than 0.2 %. (this includes arm, transformer, and microgroove pickup Flutter: Less than Rumble: non 0.05%. Virtually -existent. with diamond stylus) 301 Net 89.00 Model B Net 32.50 (available with finished or unfinished base) (78 rpm cartridge and stylus only)

Our 1956 AUDIO REFERENCE GUIDE will be avail- able soon. Write us for information on how you EONARD RADIO, INC. may obtain your copy. 69 CoAlandt Sr, New York 7, N. Y. COrtlondt 7-0315 MAIL AND PHONE ORDERS FILLED 25% DEPOSIT, BALANCE COD

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 51

www.americanradiohistory.com EDWARD TATNALL CANBY

Mozart -Beethoven of 50 years ago (and, of course in today's gives not merely a few dramatic samples of "music appreciation ") as delicate and Mozart - conductorial eccentricity, but a complete re- T'S BEETHOVEN'S 181st YEAR, as well as ian. They are full of beans, to put it in mod- hearsal, at long, long length and at leisure, Mozart's 200th, allowing for the am- ern terms. Also full of Beethoven. After all- so that one follows not merely the composer's biguity of our mystic dating system. he did write them. "in- person" impact on the ear hut, much more ' Extra note : the cadenza in the first move- interesting, the actual sense of the rehearsal. (During your first year you are less than a ment of the Second Concerto is here a most Here we can understand, word for word, year old; during your 200th, your bones interesting one. Instead of the usual hogwash phrase for phrase, just what is going on, arc only 199.) Here are a few current items, it is a cadenza written by Beethoven himself what develops, how the music is shaped up, in celebration of these numbers. -in his late years. It has all the character- changed, polished (by a group of players who istics of late Beethoven : a dynamic fugue, were of course 95 percent prepared to play they began) Beethoven: Piano Concerti #2, #4. Ser- driving dotted figures, strange dissonances, the symphony before even -and piling -up of complex piano counterpoint, long, in the end, we hear the finished product com- kin; Phila. Orch. Ormandy. rumbling pedal points in the bass -and yet it plete. Columbia ML 5037 fits this work to a T. Moral: internal archi- It takes no less than four Li' sides, all tecture, musical engineering, Is even more this, and that, takes nerve, confidence, in- The first of Beethoven's concerti (mis- fundamental than outward style. teligence and common sense on the part of named Number 2 a long while ago) and the It would not have been possible for Bee- the promoters of this album far beyond fourth complete all five on records by this thoven to write a cadenza in his "early style," average. We must always admire a project team. I haven't the others at hand but re- just to suit this concerto, nor would it have that Is done all the way, thoroughly and member, I think, being much impressed with occurred to him as desirable in any way without hedging and compromise. Number 5, the Emperor. The present two are (though many a pianist of later times fancies In line with this unusual attitude you will really first rate. The dynamic, exciting, al- himself quite up to the task). If you want to find extras here not present in previous "re- ways utterly musical playing of the Great hear what a real cadenza can do for a con - hearsal" recordings. They add to the business- Rudolph, the man with the lean face and certo-a cadenza that "belongs," is a genuine like usefulness of the album. flying mane who practically propels himself part of the over -all dramatic and structural The score, complete, and in a reasonably up in the air with the sheer energy of his sense of the music, style or no -then keep large -size miniature edition (4 pages on each pinnistic muscles. the excellent backing of the tuned to this one. large page of the booklet). And In it, not Phila., make these "authoritative," as the only all the standard identification points - goes, and much more, measure numbers, letters, etc. -but specially mealy- mouthed phrase Mozart: Symphonies ( "Haffner "), too-a fresh, honest musical experience. #35 marked -in places, where Bruno Walter stops Trouble with a number of the Phila. Orch. #36 ( "Linz "). Royal Philharmonic, Sir to make a special comment. You just can't get. classics on records is the indefinable sense lost. Thomas Beecham. Columbia ML 5001 Clarity. Instead of a muffled and at -a- of routine projected, thanks to too many here playings on too many ultra -standardized pro- Best description of this. to those who have distance mumbling by the conductor, grams of the ultra-familiar works. Maybe the followed Sir T. these ninny years, is -more Bruno Walter is close -up and completely audi- ble; yet the music sounds very natural and fact that these two concerti, #2 and #4. are of the same. Two excellent interpretations, apology less often heard, has a lot to do with these if you go along with "Tammy's' by now famil- well balanced in spite of Columbia's dynamic and unfired readings. Musicians are iar approach, that ninny years ago made him for the compromise in musical pickup that had to be made (with the utmost reasonable- human ! It must be an honest relief to a reputation as a foremost Mozart conductor. only in order to the one mike right next play, for once, n great piece that wasn't I don't go along myself. Our tastes and ness) get played yesterday and the week before and the preferences have been changing since Sir to the conductor to pick up his voice. Try It -and if you're afraid of scores, here's week before that. I won't attempt to choose Thomas formed his own strong ideas. Nowa- one. Things between the two -both are immediately, days, these Mozarts sound, at least to this a fine chance to begin to explore move so slowly. there are so many convenient audibly alive in this special sense. ear, heavy and overblown, though by no means have every chance, Note a tiny but most significant disagree- unmusical. Matter of style. To our ears, in- startings- again, that you'll flexible at leisure, to get adjusted to the look of ment between the printed notes concerning creasingly tuned to more and smaller it. You couldn't imprinted interpretation. Of this microphone -aided, the large music, as the musicians see #2 and the orchestral groups, find a more apt way to get in a bit of real first Beethoven concerto's first movement, the symphonic sound of these is both familiar and Walter him- notes say. right out of somebody's dictionary, somehow out of date. score study, on your own. Bruno brio self will keep you on the track, If you'll just "a delicate and Mozartian Allegro con Notice especially the Minuet sound, in that opened and your mind on the opens the work. Now just pull out the slow, "Pomp and Circumstance" sort of tempo keep the score and the same! was familiar 20 years ago in Sir Thomas' alert. record play that The rehearsal itself? A model of clear, un- Mozartian. yes, especially in the second earlier Mozart 78's, some of which I have disc :pllne. You can hear what theme, which comes after a few moments. still. temperanrental around he talks about. Performance? I like it better But I beg to report, (a) that these days But -let me make a clear distinction be- same, and is no delicate the essential than the Beecham above of the Mozart longer considered - tween a style of playing and enough it has a more modern and more indeed, he never was in the sense that too musicality of a performance. Sir Thomas oddly crotchety, authentic small -orchestra sound than Beech - many of us might gather from that word - remains a thorough. If somewhat am's, though lierr \'alter is hardly out of and (b) the early Beethoven works, including musician. His performances will always rank going on revalued In the care with which Sir Thomas own generation. (lie's this one, have been wonderfully high, his thoroughness, 80.) I'd quibble with ninny details, us will recent years; now they are played almost he shapes details will always please, style or has enthusiasm and opinion, but they were real Beetho- no. anybody who everywhere as though that's what music Is for. You will even find ven- rough. bluff, foursquare, strong -minded, study Sir Thomas in detail instead of "delicate" it Instructive to solid in architecture- Symphony ( "Linz ") in of what Bruno \'alter has had early works, over -influenced by Mozart and Mozart: #36 -Birth the light to say, at such length. 1 assure you they disa- Haydn, those poor dears. of a Performance. Columbia Symphony, every meas- is immediately gree most intelligently, in almost So it is, here. The sound Bruno Walter. Columbia SL- 224(2) ure! (See ABOUT Music, page 72.) that which we know in Inter works of Bee- thoven. and It aeons to nie that anybody can Here's a really unprecedented LP release hear how right to Is. Not a hit delicate. and one that shows real imagination on the Mozart: Abduction from the Seraglio (Die musical management A You'll find the same thing in the first two part of Columbia's Soloists, Chorus Cologne symphonies, invariaby described in accounts simple Idea -but who's done it before? This Entfuhrung).

52 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com here I was, reliving the exhilaration of the original recording. But now I had the opportunity to quiet the strings and bring up the blast of the kettle drum. With my new amplifier, the Munston Maestro, I felt I was not only listening to the orchestra - I was conducting it! Yes, with the Munston Maestro you are there ... and YOU are the conductor. Munston's "Dynamic B -T" makes it so! You undoubtedly have had the experience of setting the equalizer control to the desired point -and then throwing the whole thing out of kilter by merely touching the bass or treble controls. You never knew whether you were adding or subtracting from the original recording settings. Now with Munston's "Dynamic B -T" ( Bass-Treble circuit ), the correct settings for bass and treble are calibrated on the individual controls. You can set the bass and treble at exactly the same position as when the music was recorded. Then, if you do change either control, you are able to determine its relation to the original recording characteristics. And to please your own listening tastes, you can second -guess the recording engineer. I I LED A One look at the Munston Maestro and DREAMED you'll have to agree that in a Munston you have the perfect exterior for any HUNDRED MEN interior. Compact and streamlined. with a richly etched front panel, the Munston is truly music in motion.

Ont Y $7950

See the Mention Maestro at cot, vocal Hi -Fi eealer or wrote for complete information m u n s t o n frfre4u' A M P L I F I E R Famous the world over for ès Marine Radio Telephone equipment. with Built -In Preamplifier MUNSTON MANUFACTURING, NC., Beech Street, Islip, L. 1., N. Y.

www.americanradiohistory.com Opera Otto Ackerman. With Ger.-Engl. know it- repertory -schmepertory, as the say- other time and do not bring through the libretto. ing goes. The performance is highly adequate music with the outward color and sharpness and therefore most enjoyable. Mus. Masterpiece M113 (2 10") (OP 17) that we now expect. Schweitzer's musical back- Adequate? That requires a further word. ground is as of the early 1900's. His famous The "OP 17" alternative designation here What I mean is, that though the soloists are -and invaluable-book on Bach dates from simply Indicates the beginning of a significant hardly of first rank and some are pretty that time and, again, though it is full of blfurcat:on. Musical Masterpiece, a monster much so-so, the performance itself, the over- the wisdom can only come from offshoot, mall- order that a su- -style, of Concert Hall all conception, is excellent, right in style. premely great mind, it, too, is curiously out of Society, has now spawned not only Jazztone lively, funny, intelligent, and musical. Society (and more date in many details. Schweitzer, as of millions of mail orders) We worry far too much in our own opera around 1904, for example, but the Opera Society. This set evidently goes doesn't think much for performances about individual solos-and we of the harpsichord as an accompanying instru- both classical branches. forget that an This organization, one opera is a unity to be enjoyed ment and goes to considerable length ex- of the most success- as a whole. Our opera is notoriously plaining how ful in the fabulous new wonderland of rec- at fault the modern piano may be used in these respects ; too much solo, not enough to ords -by -mail that Is turning the industry approximate Bach's intentions -he could Inside team. For honest, personal enjoyment of opera not do otherwise than reflect his own time out, seems to me to have excellent the over-all style and musical policies. The list shape and conception and it is hardly surprising that he did not of coming operas is far more important than the specific vir- then foresee the return of IS most enterprising -the intention is to the harpsichord for tues of this or that voice ! Here again, the use in its original role vary- the standard works with others of as -aided enormously great or greater interest Opera Society is on a right track, as far as by the microphone. So it is with his own that, by happen- mail -order home listeners are concerned. Only organ, modelled stance, don't stand in the arbitrary opera according to his ideas, as we house repertory one voice here I really don't like very much. (tear it in these records. of today. How unlike the the soprano; but she is so well directed, The craven attitude of other record clubs, that her sound of his playing is, by modern follow singing so thoroughly incorporated into the standards of "Baroque" organ registration. straight down the line with every body of the performance, standard work, opera or otherwise, that very little relatively monotonous ; the tone colors have with toad- harm is done. It could be vastly worse. a 19th century mellowness that is pleasing like unoriginality ! I was about to complain of a lack Here, for instance, is one of libretto, but not what we nowadays expect. Similarly, of the great operas but It turned up, complete in German and the performances themselves are in the older of all Western music. No matter that you English, inside one won't often hear it of the pockets. With it tradition, solid, unhurried, somewhat heavy. today in U. S. opera you can know and hear precisely what is going more houses and opera broadcasts. So plastic than brilliant, outwardly plod- what. It has on. - but no less appeal to the wider general musical ding capable of an architectural build - ing-up of tension that, as in the great C public because it doesn't fit into the ultra - narrow confines of our present MORE BACH, HANDEL, ET AL. Minor Passacaglia, is unexpectedly over - stage -opera whelming In impact. Schweitzer never was taste. This is no "grand" opera anyhow ; it's Bach Organ Music, Vols IV, V, VI. Albert a roaring farce, with the slapstick a virtuoso finger- and -foot man, but his breadth of an old - Schweitzer. Columbia 5SL -223 (3) of mind his emotional understanding of fashioned Jimmie Durante show and the ex- -and uberant preposterousness of the towering Bach structures--is not equaled the best in Gilbert Columbia has lumped three LP's of the by any other living Bach player. and Sullivan, the whole encased in first -class Schweitzer series into one album, with Mozart music. exten- That, needless to say, is the big value in sive notes in and out and around the various these recordings. It can't be beat. More than this -it's German Mozart, the cardboard containers. The bulk of the music text in the vernacular instead of the fancier is in the Prelude and Fugue category, along Bach: Four Suites for Orchestra. Italian. Those who have sampled this sort with the Toccatas and Fugues, including the Philhar- of Mozart will know what is in store -this familiar D Minor in that last category and monia Orch., Klemperer. With scores. is not only comic opera but a popular one the C Minor Passacaglia and Fugue, of Angel 35368 (2) and intentionally so. The tunes are earthy. Stokowekiesque fame. Six of the chorale folkish, the satire is broad, the whole sound preludes are on one side of the set. Otto Klemperer of the music is unbuttoned has had his bad moments and offhand. Yes As evidence of the greatest living organist - Mozart could - and for awhile seemed about to fly out of do it. mind, these Schweitzer interpretations are of the musical picture entirely, but these and But enough. The Opera Society dares "risk" very great interest, though in less funda- other new Klemperer performances here what is sure -fire stuff. Once you show that get to mental respects they are stylistically of an- he is still a sound musician and a power to

Sound with Alpine Clarity That is the fidelity that comes with Norelco loud- Model 9750M -8V" Speaker. Rating Power speakers, made by -6 Philips of the Netherlands. watts; V.C.IMP. -4-6 ohms. List Price Every note in every register, whether voice or -$36.95. instrument, with Alpine-air clearness. A perfec- Price subject to usual audiophile discount. tion resulting from the use of a new construc- Available at leading jobbers or write direct. tion -with "Ticonal" steel. The most powerful of magnet mediums that allows more compact units THE DUOTONE COMPANY, INC., KEY - and outmodes awkward "woofer" and `tweeter" PORT, NEW JERSEY. Supplier and Manufac- construction. turer of Duotone Needles.

54 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com be reckoned with, conductorially. Moreover the frenetic high tension of his less fortunate recordings some years back seems to have abated. Flemperer is evidently a new man. This, too, is nn "old- fashioned" recording, ALLI ED'S in which a good deal of the once -popular symphonic approach is retained, but minus the exaggerations that we used to love so SPECIAL 100 -PAGE much in Stokoweky, the excessively slow tempi. the showings -down, the romanticized sobbings and shootings. All that is gone and HI -FI GUIDE what we have here is workmanlike, to the point and without eccentricity, a solid if old - of great musical value. ei fashioned performance The recd. ding is superb and not at all old - fashioned! Inner voices come through par - ti.ularty well here-and this is no doubt Flemperer's idea as well as Angel's. So much the better, for this album has a beautiful set of miniature scores that are as useful and as send for easy to follow as the score in the Bruno Walter rehearsal, above. Bach's writing is concise, there aren't very many lines to follow, and many of the movements are very short with numerous repeats, so that you is can't get too far off the visual track. high fidelity" Bach Cantatas and Arias. Bach Aria Group, Wm. Scheide dir., with Robt. the leading guide Shaw Chorale, Eileen Farrell, Jan Peerce. RCA Victor LM 6023, to an easy under- standing of Hi -Fi- This album from lust season, must be cited as a prime example of too much solo, not plus the world's enough team. The Aria Group. to begin with, made a practice of singing Bach arias re- largest selection of moved from their context in the numerous story- telling Bach cantatas ; their concerts home music systems were valuable but the fragmentation was ex- treme and Bach's original interests were and components ... served about as would be the case if a group of actors presented an evening of five- minute Shakespeare excerpts, each wholly unrelated to the next, as pure poetry. In taking over this aggregation, RCA Victor has completed fragmentation by in- jecting, arbitrarily, its own "name" soloists (plus the Shaw name) in what would seem to be a sort of sales bid. Bach has little to do with it, I can assure you after a listening session with these performances, nor did he have any too much to do with the Aria You'll want this guide Group's own balance of vocal performers, I invaluable to High would say. Fidelity. It shows you how to select a music The discreet orchestral group is excellent, if not vividly imaginative, but what we have shows you system or components at minimum cost. Tells for our listening in the vocal department is, you what to look for in each unit; illustrates most obviously to the ear, a haphazard col- lection of professional singers, each on his WHAT'S NEW in many handsome, practical installation ideas. own and each with his own style, background, Offers you the world's largest selection of com- personality. I'm sorry to have to say that Custom Music Systems plete systems and individual units from which the famous Mr. Pierce makes an atrocious Amplifiers & Tuners Bach singer. Miss Farrell is a fine musician to make your money -saving choice. To under- but her forte Is not Bach, for my ear. (Tr, Speakers & Enclosures her Wagner, which in spite of a shortness Changers & Turntables stand Hi -Fi, to own the very best for less, you'll breath in long phrases, is superbly done others vary, good or bad, but there is no Cartridges & Pickups want this valuable FREE book. Write today discernible ensemble. Tape Recorders for your copy. As I say, too much solo, not enough team. I Binaural Components don't think RCA had any interest in a Expert Hi -Fi Help: Our Hi -Fi consultants are team to begin with, and I don't see why any- High Fidelity Kits body in his right Bach -loving mind should always available to help you select systems and go out of his way to put down money t'or this Custom Cabinets components to satisfy your listening desires at kind of recording venture. Hi -Fi Records & Books the lowest possible cost to you. Easy Terms Hi -Fi Accessories are Handel: The Messiah (Conceit version). available to fit your budget. Soloists, Chorus, Handel SDciety, Nether- lands Philharmonic Orch., Goehr. Musical Masterpiece MMS 2019 (2) ALLIED RADIO 4014 t11,0

Here, again from Musical Masterpiece, is the opposite, a really well -styled and con- ALLIED RADIO CORP., Dept. 17 -L -5 sistently musical performance -in English apparently put together from, of all things,- 100 N. Western Ave., Chicago 80, III. an all -hutch cast under a German conductor! SEND FOR YOUR Nevertheless, the English is faultless, the 100 -PAGE GUIDE Send FREE 100 -Page ALLIED Hi-Fi Guide presentation in the well known and acceptable oratorio style without noticeable eccentricities or foreignness. The standard Mozart orches- "This Is High Name tration is used, with the usual largish chorus. Fidelity" One of the nicest "Messiahs" I've heard, in Address spite of what might seem insuperable "team" difficulties. Recording is entirely listenable, though not City Zone State asset by super- hl -ti.

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 55

www.americanradiohistory.com Vivaldi: II Cimento dell' armonia e dell' An outstandingly beautiful recording of a Gounod: Mireille (complete opera). Fes- major lute -Debussy work ordinarily heard in inventione, Op. 8 (including "The Four tival d'Aix -en- Province, 1954. With li- emasculated form, the instrumental parts Seasons"). Reinhold Barchet, vl., Pro Mu- only. Here the really lovely and powerful bretto. Angel 3533C (3) sica French -language solos and choruses make a Orch., Stuttgart, Reinhardt. Here is a major opera by Gounod. of vibrant new piece of what in the instrumental Vox DL 173 (3) "Faust" fame, that is mostly unknown to version seemed tired and dry. Americans though the French seem to have The recording is technically extraordinary, Another de luxe all -out album In the Vox been familiar enough with it all these years. series of complete editions. This Opus 8 of too. Remarkable, almost eerie clarity of de- This is a recorded version of a notable festival Vivaldi contains a dozen violin concertos, in- tail. the chorus and alive, every word full performance given in the strange and romantic cluding the set of four now well known as clear, shimmering perfectly the orchestra and cave -town of Les Baux, France, where alu- "The Four Seasons." (The Opus 8 selection A "hi record sense, colorful. -fi" in the best minum ore (Bauxite) was tiret mined. I visited was arbitrary, a matter of publication con- not a literal reproduction of a concert ball venience, 1s the place as a kid in 1927 and remember its and there otherwise no more effect but a special sound unique to the re- relationship here than would be wild scenery very well and can imagine that true of any corded medium and one that is even kinder "representative" assembling of works an outdoor opera there, amongst the strange typical Debussy A recording of a composer for a "package" publication). to than the live stage. caverne and the mountains -of- the -moon, These German performances, like earlier you should not miss. would be memorable, indeed. ones in the same series, are well balanced, I've only sampled this ; you'll find a lot carefully correct, musical, keeping the con- Debussy: Preludes, Book 2. Gieseking. of the memorable sort of Gounod corn, tl la trast between solo and "tutti" always clear, Angel 35249 Faust, sweet juicy melodies, lovely sentimental warmly and resonantly recorded throughout. accompaniments, much fine heroic passion, But with all of this, there is a certain lack Debussy: Etudes; D'un Cahier d'Esquisses the whole rendered into something fine, as of imagination and drama too. This is italien (1904). Gieseking. Angel 35250 always happens when French music is sung music, after all, not German music. by an all -French cast. For the truth is that But better these wisely conceived playings, Two more issues in one of the tine-it piano Gounod, and other romantic French com- I say, than the recent virtuoso offerings of series now being released, played by that posers, are properly heard only in French several dynamic Italian chamber groups in living exception -that- proves- the -rule, the Ger- performances- -there is a world of difference!. which the very feeling of concerto, the opposi- man pianist who plays better Debussy than I won't soon forget my tiret "Faust" at a tion of solo and group playing, is obliterated. New York opera performance, complete (almost) anybody else alive. Whether he's with There are detailed and somewhat laborious most of the night beforé s "Meistersinger" musicological notes (dozens of musical quo- tops or no-a matter of futile argument - scenery and costumes, like leftover scrambled tations) in a handsome booklet with nice this Debussy by Gieseking is extraordinary. eggs. Nor will I forget, in contrast, a French illustrations. The background information is No other pianist I've beard has made such recorded performance of the -very same music, very interesting and readable, but the musical immediate sense of these ultra -French and suddenly moving, musical, and dignified. analyses are mostly superfluous for average unique plano works except, perhaps, George That's what happens here-if you can stick listening. The ear can do a better job than Copeland -an American. Gieseking is simply out a pretty long slice of opera- -three LP all these words about the music. worlds ahead of competition, among the records. Casadesus, Arraus, Henkelmans, though these A huge illustrated booklet, with article& FRANCE and others have their excellent values pianisti- pictures, libretto, gives you the background. cally. He is a wizard ; one can ask he a Debussy: Le de Saint -Sebastien -is Martyre musician? is this music? is it some special Chausson: Concert en Re Majeur pour (Complete). Suzanne Danco, Nancy kind of hypnotic sound? It doesn't matter Piano, Violon et Quatuor a Cordes, Op Wough. Lise de Gontmollin; Union Cho- too much, as you listen to the fascinating stuff. 21. Francescatti, Casadesus, Guilet Quar- rale de la Tour -de- Peils, L'Orch. de la The recording continues rather distant and tet. Columbia ML 4998 Suisse Romande, Ansermet. broad in Bound, unpercussive. Some don't like it but it still suits me to a T-and De- Well-that's what this music is called in London LL 1061 bussy too. French, anyhow. It's a sort of semi- concerto,

High Fidelity turntable and tone GRAY arm combination with cue light This extremely rugged, rigidly Extra long, tapered steel bearing prevents turntable wobble forever. designed unit will absolutely pre- Heavy steel motorboard makes it the most stable record player known. Up to 12 -inch records or 16 -inch professional transcriptions. vent all possible rumble and me- Operates on all three standard speeds. chanical vibration through the use Available in four colors. Standard model, pebbled gray. Deluxe of a massive turntable and motor - models in red, green, or yellow. board assembly. Combined with the famous Gray Viscous Damped Models $89.00' to $169.50 108C Tone Arm, (which actually floats in oil) you are assured the finest in High Fidelity record re- production. This beautiful, colorful combina- tion Turntable and Tone Arm assembly will prove to be the highlight of any high fidelity in- stallation-and adds a note of distinction to any surrounding. Write for additional literature or see your dealer.

DIVISION OF THE GRAY MANUFACTURING COMPANY GRAY RESEARCH and Development Co., Inc., Hilliard Street, Manchester, Connecticut 56 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com for violin, piano, and string quartet. Chausson (wasn't he the composer who died prematurely when he fell off a bicycle ?) was n pupil - follower of César Franck, without that man's gentleness and humility ; Chausson uses simi- i lar musical language but he is more dogmatic I. i1 --rt-. t more elaborately coueeined and insistent, I with his own special theories of composition. Since those theories are both out of date and irrelevant now, what is left, alas, is mostly u 0 the dogmatism, which comes through only too clearly. Chausson. here, Is wordy, long- t pretentious and the nice melodies y winded and and harmonies aren't enough, for my ear, .1 to neutralize the unpleasantness. - h .7G Maybe a gentler team of performers might Y------`- find n more spiritual and expressive way to ' treat the music. I doubt it, but it might be possible. (But Chausson did write one lovely and gentle piece, the well known "Poème" for violin and orchestra. His "Poems of Love and the Sea" is a pleasing work, too, for _ soprano and orchestra. and the Gladys Swarthout version on RCA Victor is good.) (?: Franck: Psyché (complete). Hague Phil- harmonic, Netherlands Chamber Choir, i ) Van Otterloo. Epic LC 3146 Here's Franck himself, and the orchestral parts of this symphonic poem will have been heard and enjoyed by many readers already. But how many of us knew there was also a vast stretch in "Psyché" for chorus and orchestra-almost as much again as we ordi- I" i *sl narily hear in the instrumental suite? Here it Is. The choral parts are very French, very Franck, as melodic and romantic as you could wish, with long, flowing lines, the honesty and direct- always -appealing Franck 1520A Amplifier ness. But, it'll have to be admitted, there's "TAKE THE ALTEC an awful lot of it and the bigger climaxes Gain: 75 db. wax rhetorical to an almost Wagnerian de- Free. Response: f 1db., 20.20.000cycl- gree. SERIES... FLAT ± 2011..10-200.000 cp 1500 an Power Output: 35 watts nominal Nice recording ; the French words are mostly inaudible (printed text helps), perhaps 2 1.11.0. than the Epic ... PERFECT FOR P.A." Noise Level: -43 dOm. due more to the Dutch singers Input Impedance: 100,000 ohm Vol. CorI mikes. Output Imp.: Less than 20 of nouns load impedance.

lu . Sidney Bechet: La Nuit est une Sorcière Sound engineers will always agree that for Load Impedance: 4. 6, 16 ohms and Jacques Bazire; line (140 dhmsl. (ballet). Symphony Orch., Power Supply: 105-125 VAC. 60 cycle superlative performance i n commercial S. Bechet, clarinet. 230 watts London -Intern. WV 91050 (10 ") sound systems, Altec Lansing Amplifiers This is what happens when a top jazz can't be beat. In addition to the superior musician is persuaded to go "classical" in a big way, an ultra -serious tragic ballet with design and precision craftsmanship, Altec a plot which -even allowing for the fact that engineers have built many outstanding fea- most ballet plots look silly in plain words - is the zaniest nightmare ['re read about yet. tures into the 1500 Series Amplifiers to make Boy somnambulist, white (Georgia), wanders asleep in favorite haunt, a hayloft ; kills all them ideal for every public address installa- when his relatives, plus fiancee, one by one, tion. Preamplifiers and controls can be they try to wake him ; then boy's negro valet, fanatically attached, leads him (still asleep) mounted on power amplifier chassis. Simple 1530A Amplifier to certain death out the barn window, or 75 db. makes for easy, simple mainte- Gain: something. Gory circuitry Freq. Response: i 1 db.. 2020.000 cycles. The music is made up of heavily portentous 2 db., 10- 200,000 cps. nance. The "building block" design makes t bits of repetitive jazz ( Bechet playing), larded Power Output: 70 watts nominal at out with the flimsiest of dinner music, TV- for flexibility of use, with performance 2 T.H.D. tragedy platitudes for orchestra. Nevertheless, Noise Level: -43 dhm. when Sidney Bechet's mike -magnified clarinet specifications that meet broadcast require- Input impedance: 100.000 ohm Vol. Control. comes in- -you know it's somebody big. Even Output Imp.: Less than 20 of nominal in dreary setting. Fabulous big-sound ments. This group is comprised of the 1520A load impedance. this Load Impedance: 4, 8. 16 ohms and 70 V. hi -fi recording. and 1530A Amplifiers, the 1510A and 1511A line I70 ohms 1. Pane, Sop :, 105 125 VAC. fia ente- SPECIALTIES OF THE HOUSE Preamplifiers, 1540A two -stage line Ampli- Grofé: Hudson River Suite. André Koste- fier, 1550A Matching Unit line to grid trans- lanetz & his orchestra. Columbia CL 763 former and the 530A Power Supply. Two Ferde Grori' is one of the Deans of Ameri- versatile amplifying and can music, as the phrase goes ; he's been at types of mounting assemblies are available For an exceptionally it since Gershwin and the "Grand Canyon." miming control group for voice and music Grofé is the dean of those musicians who are, or if desired, the 1560A Console will house reinforcement for industry and entertainment typically in the U. S., arrangers by genius, and all public address applications, see the a complete 1500 amplifier sound system and composers by imitation. Grofé Is an orchestral Altec Lansing 1500 Series Amplifiers at your dealer's. Or write Department II AP for wizard and always was-but he, like many allow for operation on a desk or table top. another, has never been able to write what is illustrated folder. euphemistically called an original note of music. It's all neatly and beautifully borrowed. Why be original? No necessity at all -if A SOUND REPUTATION SECOND TO NONE! your borrowed material, like Mozart's, builds into rock -solid structures with their own logic. "Hudson River" is a good piece. It is wholly honest, makes not the slightest pretence at is, of those entertain- being other than it one Dept. 11 -AP ing, scintillating, utterly harmless orchestral ALTE C pops pieces. Its much less pretentious than 9356 Santa Monica Blvd., Beverly Hills, Calif. (Continued on page 68) 161 Sixth Avenue, New York 13, N.Y.

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 57

www.americanradiohistory.com NEW PRODUCTS

Ampex Stereophonic Tape Phonograph. and 122AX coaxial speakers, until now it Magnetic Tape Eraser. Because of its Professional standards prevail throughout has not been available as a separate item. ability to rem,. .III program material in the new Ampex Model 612 phonograph. The unit features an exclusive Stephens from an entire reel of magnetic recording Designed to play full- track, half- track, or double exponential horn to assure wide, tape in a matter of seconds, the MEC two -track tapes for stacked heads, the 612 oven dispersion. It incorporates a hand - Magnetic Noiseraser should receive ready may be used spun aluminum diaphragm activated by acceptance as standard equipment for with existing high -fidelity a systems or in conjunction with Model 620 fully- enclosed magnetic structure. Fre- broadcast stations, recording studios, and quency response extends from 5000 to laboratories which use tape for preserva- power amplifier- speaker units built by 18,000 cps. V-10 tion of technical data. The device Ampex. Playing speed is 7.5 ips. Fre- elimi- quency response is 40 to 15,000 cps. Flutter and wow are less than 0.25 per Munston 10-Watt Amplifier. Continu- cent. Two amplifiers are incorporated in ously- variable equalization and calibrated the 612, one for each track. Power ampli- tone controls are among the features in- fication must be provided externally as a corporated in the Munston Maestro, a part of the music system with which the compact new amplifier recently introduced reproducer is used. Both the tape phono- graph and the 620 power amplifier- speaker

nates all signal and background noise from recorded tape, and may also be used for conditioning new tape when required. Operation of the Noiseraser is extremely simple. The spool to be erased is placed on a spindle, a switch controlling the by Munston Manufacturing Co., Beech magnetic circuit is turned on, and the Street, Islip, N. Y. Notwithstanding its spool is rotated manually through slightly more than one small size of 3 %/e x 9 5/16 x 8 3/16 ins., the revolution. The entire proc- Maestro delivers a full 10 -watt output ess requires about 15 seconds. The unit is with less than 0.5 per cent harmonic dis- manufactured by Minnesota Electronics tortion. Frequency response is within + Corporation, Burbank, Calif: Y -IS 0.5 per cent from 20 to 20,000 spa and noise level is 55 db below rated output. Popular- Priced Magneoorder. Newest Excellence of performance is matched by addition to the Magnecord line of tape re- Maestro's stunning appearance, the con- cordera is the "Citation," a popular -priced trol panel being recessed to produce an model designed essentially for home, attractive three -dimensional effect with school and business use. A two -speed re- black and gold decor. V -11

Three.Way Speaker System. Exception- ally low distortion is inherent in the new "Forester" 3 -way speaker systems re- cently introduced by Sherwood Electronic Laboratories, Inc., 2802 Cullom Ave., units are available in handsome furniture - Chicago 18, III. Based on the principle of styled cabinets for home installation, or in Samsonite carrying cases for portable use. The 612 measures 9" x 15" x 171,4". De- scriptive sheet will be mailed free on re- quest by Ampex Corporation. 934 Charter St., Redwood City. Calif. V-9 corder, the .iitation" has a frequency range of 50 to over 10,000 cps at 7.5 ips, and 50 to over 5000 cps at 3.75 ips. A Stephens Super Tweeter. Itecently built -in VU meter permits precision of added to the line of high -quality speakers recording level. The "Citation" is hand- manufactured by Stephens Manufacturing somely- styled in a brown leather case, Company, 8538 Warner Drive, Culver with control panel finished in ivory and City, Calif., is the Model 212 Super satin gold. Complete details are available Tweeter. Although the 212 has heretofore from Magnecord Inc., 1101 S. Kilbourn been incorporated in the Trii-Sanie 1 7i4.AA Ave., Chicago 24, Ill. V -14 Vacuum -Tube Audio Level Meter. Un- like conventional VU meters, the Model 5514 Kilpatrick Vacuum -tube Audio Level Meter may be used in any portion of the circuit of any audio system. from pream- plifier to speaker or recording head. The input impedance is 1 megohm and refer- ence level is adjustable from 0.7 to 350 volts peak. Feedback stab'lization makes the indication independent of ling and

complete acoustical and electrical isola- tion of each Of three specially -designed speakers which cover the entire audio range, the Forester is stated to have only 0.6 per cent intermodulation distortion at N4,7, 10 watts. The individual speakers are 12 -, 8 -, and 5 -in. units with 300- and 5000 -cps crossovers. Various cabinet styles are of- tube tl uc t ua t ions. The unit may be used up iered in a wide variety of finishes. to several hundred feet from the signal Speakers and crossover networks may be source. For application notes and prices, purchased without cabinets in "do -it- write Kilpatrick Electronic Laboratory, yourself" kits. V -12 Box 61, Norristown, Pa. V -15

58 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com The NEW Professional splices / in REK -O -KUT seconds! Monriiite GIBSON GIRL 3- Speed, 1 2-inch Cutter -Splicer PRECISION TURNTABLES Model TS -4 Makes splice in "Gibson Girl" ,hops, leaving edges of tope entirely free Represented to be the result of more than 5 study, these new record years of adhesive and ending erratic operation, wow, and flutter caused by playback units are offered at the closest approach to perfection in turntable adhesive deposited on critical parts of recorder. May be removed from base performance. Like all Rek O -Kul units, the turntable is cast Aluminum and and mounted directly on recorder. exerts no pull on magnetic cartridges. Model TS -4 .._ $6.79 The following new features have been included: single selector knob for setting speed: 33t/á, 45 and 78 rpm. buitt.in retractable hub lo: 45 rpm records -requires no external adapter permanently affixed 3 -speed strobe discs for instantaneous speed checking neon pilot light as 'on /off' indicator special cork -neoprene mot material to eliminate reco:d slippage rec AMPEX 600 /angular deck to fit conventional record changer boards. Two identical Rondin, models are available which differ only in the type PORTABLE TAPE RECORDER of motor employed. Rndin D.fue. Model 2-12H hysteresis synchronous motor $11995 A high quality tape recorder designed for professionals: broadcasters, recording Rndine Model B -12 with 4 -pole induction motor _ 74.95 studios, and other critical users. Housed in a truly portable case, the entire unit weighs Printed -Circuit less than 28 lbs. The quality of performance of the 600 is identical to the console model Miniaturized rtPreamp with Presence" 350. record as described by C. G. McProud in May Audio Engineering. Has separate erase, record and playback heads . and separate - meter permits continuous Basic kit containing the 1.0 henry encapsulated choke, the printed circuit and playback amplifiers: A direct -reading with a panel completely drilled, and the four metal chassis parts $7.50 checking of recording level. Tope speed is 71/, inches /se, fre- quency response from 40 to 10,000 cycles ± 2db , and to 15,000 cycles including the basic kit and all other and The complete kit of ports, ports 4db. tubes as specified by author. With complete, simplified instructions $35.50 Other features include: Signal -to noise ratio: more than 55 db Flutter and wow: less than .25% Fast forward and rewind: 90 seconds for 1200 feet Microphone input: high impedance Line input: for high level source (.5 volt level) REL Separate level and mixing controls for microphonerophone and line inputs Monitoring: through phone jock or playback output Playback output: Precedeirí 1.25 volts into 10,000 ohm load (matches input of most amplifier systems) Recording distortion is negligible. The Model 600 is extremely easy to use. Only one hand is needed to thread the tape. Can be operated either FM TUNER vertically or horizontally, and is readily adaptable for installation in home high fidelity systems. Complete with tubes, less microphone $545.00 Unquestionably the finest FM tuner ever made. This successor to the famous 6468 incorporates every im- portant advance developed in the art of FM reception. Sensitivity is2 AMPEX 620 microvolts for better than 40db quieting. Frequency response is 30 to 40,000 cycles ± Idb. Waveform distortion is less than .5% for 100% PORTABLE AMPLIFIER -SPEAKER SYSTEM modulation. Provides 2 -roll output to high impedance, and .2 volts to 600 ohms. Front panel includes slide -rule dial, tuning meter, signal Designed as a companion piece to the Ampex 600 Portable Tape Recorder. strength meter, tuning control, radio frequency and audio gain controls, Weighs approx. 19 lbs. case included, and measures 13 x 16 x 8 ". Em- and power switch. Power supply is self -contained. Supplied complete ploys a 10.watt amplifier with push -pull output, and less than 1% total with tubes. harmonic distortion. Frequency response ranges from 20 to 20,000 cycles ± is housed in an acoustically matched enclosure. Chassis only (for custom installations) $325.00 .25db. Loudspeaker An external speaker jock is also provided. Power supply is built -in, and Relay Rack Model 335.00 front panel controls included for volume level, equalization $149.50 Cabinet Model (Mahogany, Walnut or Blonde) ...... _....360.00 and power. Complete with tubes FAIRCHILD The NEW Series 220 Mc INTOSH Diamond Cartridge Model MC -60 Employs moving coil principle and provides smooth response 60 WATT from 20 to 17.000 cycles 2db. Low mass and high compliance AMPLIFIER give exceptionally good tracking, low needle talk, m cord wear and virtually no distortion. Operates into magnetic cartridge inputs Employing the famous McIntosh -exclusive circuit with unity coupling, the provided in conventional Available as follows: Model 220A new Model MC -60 provides performance within .4% of theoretical per- preamps. watt - 1.0 mil fornmicrogroove,. Model 2201 - 2.5 mil for transcriptions. fection. The tremendous reserve power made available by its 60 output, gives the MC -60 a distinct advantage in handling transients and Model 220C - 3.0 mil for 78 rom. $3750 other sudden surges without overloading or distortion and contributes Series 220 Diamond Cartridge (specify model/.... immeasurably to the realism of reproduction. There is less than .5% of harmonic distortion from 20 to 20,000 cycles even at full 60 -watt output. Frequency response extends from 10 to 100,000 FAIRCHILD Transcription Arm - Series 280 cycles ±1.0db; 16 to 60,000 cycles 1-.5db; and 20 to 30,000 cycles watts less .5 Accepts all variable reluctance and dynamic cartridges, and permits inter. Intermodulation distortion, under I20 peak, is than %. change without screwdriver or other tools. Built -in muting switch eliminates Socket terminals are provided for powering McIntosh and other preamps, hum when interchanging cartridges. Provides perfect midgroove tracking and they- are two inputs for .5 volts and 2.5 vglts, respectively. Output with no side thrust or groove jumping. Has adjustments for height and terminals have the following impedances: 4, 8, 16 and 32 ohms. The no arm rest. Two models available: McIntosh MC -60 employs the new Tungsol 6550 output tubes in push -pull. level. Requires $3597 Series 281A for 16" transcriptions Complete with tubes 319850 Series 280A for more compact installations 33.95

ESTABLISHED 1927 Everything worthwhile in high -fidelity equipment is IN STOCK at Harvey's - our demonstration facilities are HARVEY RADIO COMPANY, INC. second to none! Harvey ships everywhere. Prices are net, F.0 8. N.Y.C. - subject to change without notice. 103 W. 43rd Street, New York 36 JU 2 -1500

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 59

www.americanradiohistory.com Fisher 30 -Watt Amplifier. PowerScope, to one -half, has just been introduced by a peak power indicator calibrated in watts Electro- Voice, Inc., Buchanan, Mich. to show instantly the peak load on the Every piece in each kit is pre -cut and speaker system, is among the unique fea- ready for easy assembly. Exterior sur- tures incorporated in the new Fisher faces are clear -grained birch. There are Model 80 -AZ amplifier. Also included in seven models to choose from, including the unit is the Fisher Z-Matic circuitry the E -V Patrician and Georgian interior for constant amplifier- speaker impedance "K" horn units, the complete Baronet,. match. Frequency response is within 0.1 db from 20 to 20,000 cps, while p.,w..c .ust-

maraniz power amplifier put is constant within 1 db at 30 watts from 15 to 35,000 cps. Harmonic distortion is under 0.5 per cent at full rated output, and intermodulation is less than 0.5 per 40 WATTS "ULTRA- LINEAR" cent at 25 watts. Three separate feedback loops afford minimum distortion and Conservatively rated well below overload superior transient characteristics. Three controls are provided, one each for Power - Scope, Z- Matic, and input level. Manu- factured by Fisher Radio Corporation, 21 -21 44th Drive, Long Island City 1, N. Y. V -18 Power Transistor. In response to the prevailing need for a transistor with Aristocrat and Regency, and the new greater power handling capacity than Empire and Centurion enclosures. A wide those heretofore available, Amperex Elec- choice of finishes is easily obtained by tronic Corporation, 230 Duffy Ave., Hicks- using an E -V finishing kit, available ville, N. Y. has introduced the Type 2N115 separately. An illustrated do -it- yourself P-N -P junction power transistor which book is included with each E -V kit. For delivers 5 watts push -pull output with a complete information, write for Bulletin 6 -volt supply. Relationship between base No. 211. V -18 current and collector current is extremely linear, and gain is exceptionally high for the power level. The transistor is inter- Low -Priced Amplifier Kit. For the bud- get- minded user, the new Magna Amplifier Kit incorporates the latest features in circuit design and the finest in nationally - We are proud to present known component parts. Frequency range of the amplifier is stated to be 20 to 100,- a Power Amplifier which gives 000 cps within I db, with distortion less than I per cent at full 10 -watt output. A specially designed output transformer such outstanding performance as uses a high -quality Silicon steel core. The unit has a built -in preamplifier for han- to further enhance the reputation dling low -level signal sources, such as microphones and magnetic cartridges, and we have built with the Marantz Audio Consolette.

20 WATT TRIODE OPERATION - optional switch position

METERED INSTRUMENTATION built -in for circuiI adjustments

OUTPUT TRANSFORMER wish unusually fine characteristics is equipped with loudness, bass, and treble controls. Output impedances are 4, 8, and NEW TYPE 6CA7 OUTPUT TUBES 16 ohms. The kit is supplied complete with all necessary parts for simplified assem- bly excepting wire and solder. Step -by- step instructions and large pictorial dia- COMPONENTS selected for grams enable the builder to assemble the ruggedness and reliability amplifier without any previous experience in electronics. A fully -illustrated catalog of the entire line of Magna electronic kits VARIABLE DAMPING will be mailed free upon request to The nally insulated from its metal case, so A Nc M Company, 616 S. Serrano Ave., Los that no external insulation is needed when Angeles 5, Calif. V-19 $189 mounting the unit on a chassis. Output impedance is so low that a 5 -ohm speaker Gray Turntable -Tone Arm Combination. voice coil may be connected directly as This newly -introduced product of Gray is See your audio dealer or write for data sheet the collector load in an audio output designed with extreme rigidity to assure stage, thus removing the need for an out- elim.nation of rumble and noise. An ex- put transformer. Among the more evident ceptionally long tapered center bearing re- functions for the 2N115 is its use as the moves the possibility of turntable sway. output stage in automobile radios. Com- The motor shaft engages the Neoprene maraniz company plete data will be mailed on request. table rim directly, without any inter- V -17 mediate idlers. The table is surfaced with 44 -15 VERNON BLVD. LONG ISLAND CITY, N.Y. cork -impregnated Neoprene to eliminate Hiectro -Voic Do -It- Yourself Zits. A record slippage. A three -speed player, it is complete line of do -it- yourself kits which available with either an induction -type or make it easy for hi -fi enthusiasts to build hysteresis motor. Unusual among unusual their own acoustically- correct Electro- features is a cue light in the arm rest Voice speaker enclosures at savings up which provides sufficient illumination for

60 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com -1

placing the tone arm on record in a dimly - lighted room. The turntable assembly is available with or without the well -known Gray Model 108C viscous -damped tone arm. The entire unit is completely shock - mounted. Manufactured by Gray Research and Development Company, Hilliard St., Manchester, Conn. V -20 Taps Erasing PsnoiL Developed for use as an accessory in film or tape recording, M the new Type 8905 Magnetic Erasing Pen- cil is ideally suited for erasing limited areas when it becomes necessary to re- move a short word or even a single syl- lable. The unit operates on 115 volts a.c. ORCHEAL

Realism in sound reproduction is in almost direct proportion to the excellence and suitability of the audio equipment used. Excellence is not always related directly to cost -as TANNOY have proved with such units as those shown here-and used in a great variety of audio hook -ups. As for suitability, the man who is worried about mixing units of different makes and characteristics cannot do better than bear in mind (for the future if not the present) that TANNOY and consumes l0 watts. It is supplied design and manufacture all the units -from cartridge to complete with press -to- operate switch and six feet of cord. Dimensions are similar speaker and speaker enclosure-which together offer an almost to those of a king -size fountain pen and music. finish Is in black phenolic. Cinema Engi- unbelievable realism from recorded neering Company Division, Aerovox Cor- poration, Burbank, Calif. V -21 Printed Circuit Exit. A do -It- yourself printed -circuit kit for experimental and Tannoy Single Variluctance Phono Cartridges development engineers has recently been 78 or L.P. Fitted with instantly placed on the market by Control Circuits, for r.p.m. Inc., 24 Broad St., Middletown, Conn. The replaceable sapphire or diamond stylus. kit enables the development engineer to evaluate his printed circuit designs before Tannoy "Autograph" Pre -amplifier with four switched inputs, and switched correction for all major recording characteristics. For custom installations.

Tannoy "Autograph" Pre-amplifier as above but with polished wood and metal case for stand mounting.

Tannoy High Fidelity Power amplifier the perfect complement to the "Autograph" Pre- amplifier.

Tannoy GRF C Enclosure: incorporating the 15' Dual Concentric Unit with an passing them along to a production de- partment. Designed by engineers who use elaborate interior system of sound source expansion identical kits in their own work, the pack- and an entirely new method of acoustic coupling. age contains a sheet of copper -clad lami- nate measuring 8% x 5 ins. and all other materials required to make etched or printed circuits. Also included is a help- ful booklet of instructions. V -22 `TANNOY' Order yours now . .

the 3rd audio anthology TANNOY (AMERICA) LTD TANNOY (CANADA) LTD

38 Pearl Stree, New York. N.Y. U.S.A. 36 Wellington SL East. Toronto I. Ontario. Cans&

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 61

www.americanradiohistory.com Listening quality is everything!

CHROMATIC Hi -Q7 Today all pickups, good, bad or indifferent, have wide fre- quency range. Yet, one will perform smoothly, while the others are harsh, U " shrill, etc. The new ac. high output Hi -Q7 has BALANCE, 6iward Latnali Canby SMOOTHNESS, LISTENING QUALITY, not equalled by any other pickup. But 1. De- rumble -izer Mr. Scott still provides a perfected and -Hear it yourself . . . there is no foolproof combination of cut -off and dy- other way. Hear and compare the Hi-Q7 BY SEMI -HAPPENSTANCE I've had a pe- namic suppression in his new models, mak- with any other pickup known and -YOU culiarly apt combination of compo- ing faulty operation nents of the suppressor cir- be the judge. "under observation" and use cuits unlikely even by the dimmest dimwit. Plays all speeds. Equipped with Chro- during the last few months. One I've al- (There was trouble at the beginning with ready mentioned, big -bass, -size matic DIAMOND and a sapphire stylus, the small controls that were so flexible that most speaker un -apt name -1, BOTH replaceable AT HOME. The with the of AR users didn't find out how to match the sup - Acoustic Hi -Q7 is magnetic, of course. Research being the maker, which pressor's action to the level of the music. produces the lowest bass I've ever managed It suppressed too hard -or not hard to get inside a fairly small room. Another enough.) The high -end cut -off provides sev- -which proved to be neatly complementary eral top limits, 20,000 cps, 12,000, 0,000- and antidotal, is a high class amplifier in no lower -in the conventional manner; the the same general quality bracket as the suppressor circuit cuts this down lower, ac- AR -1 speaker, the H. H. Scott 210 -C, cur- cording to the dynamics of the music, open- rent model of the original Scott Noise ing up for the loud parts, closing down for Suppressor Amplifier launched some years the soft parts where the background noises back, before the LP record had been heard NEW COMPASS- PIVOTED come through, the opening and closing con- of, to cope with the hiss and scratch of the trolled electronically by the signal itself. ARM 78 rpm record as reproduced through high - That, of course, is the principle of "dyna- Universally acknowledged as the most quality widened -range equipment. ural" or dynamic suppression as opposed to efficient arm -barring none. No restraint. Apt is the word! AR-1, potent in the "static" or fixed noise filtering. No frontal oscillations. No springs. No lower regions, reproduces every bit of A separate control, continuously variable, fatigue. Highest tracing efficiency. rumble and bumble that may happen to be combines all the suppressor circuit controls Equipped for stylus -pressure adjustment. available, as does every quality low bass so that all you need to do to adjust the sup- New adapter makes this superb Audax system. The Scott amplifier takes it out pressor to the music -of- the -moment by ear arm usable with practically all cartridges. again, most ingeniously. It has a dynamic is to rotate it until things sound right. The rumble filter. simultaneous adjustments combined in this But of course, the 210 -C has much more one operation are Mr. Scott's neatest con- than this, as befits a fairly expensive one - tribution to his own original idea, as far as piece unit designed to cope with today's making it really practical for home use. home reproduction from A to Z. It has all The rumble filter, as I get it, is simply a the things you might expect, from equaliza- suppressor position (on the selection switch, tion to several tape outlets, inputs for alternative to the cut -off positions) which radio, TV and tape, loudness compensation, applies dynamic suppression to the basa level-set for the phono input, standard tone but leaves the highs alone. The dynamic controls (well -curved ones, too), and so on. principle is the same. The bass, I gather, But to my knowledge there is no other am- opens downward at higher (bass) volumes plifier on the market with the type of rum- ist the music but closes upward when less ble control available in this model and, bass is present in the signal, to remove the moreover, I have found it wonderfully use- rumble that would otherwise be audible. ful in many situations. And so I point out When there is loud bass music, of course, STYLUS -BALANCE this special feature for your information .. this really works Canby the rumble is hidden; hence the bass is al- ..." as of particular interest. lowed to come through. With the scales and gauges available here- The rumble feature is actually a part of The further you turn the " dynaural" tofore, it has been impossible to check the Scott "Dynaural" (dynamic) noise knob, the more drastic is the effect upon stylus -pressure closer than 2 or 3 grams suppressor in its latest form. The original the bass. At its minimum position there is -one way or the other. That is 30% models of this control stressed the suppres- still a noticeable difference between the off -correct. This means deformation of sion of record hiss and scratch in the high "off" and the "rumble filter" positions - groove -walls, which explains much of the end, though control of the bass was in- but as you turn the knob the removal of echoes, ghosts and other distortion. cluded too, as I remember, even in the background rumble and throb increases. Stroboscope -like, STYLUS- BALANCE ac- earliest models. But the appearance of the The maximum position leaves you with al- curately indicates correctness or incorrect- plastic record and the consequent lowering moat complete silence in the lower regions, ness of stylus -pressure. Precision -cali- of surface noise naturally reduced the use- a more complete bass removal than I re- brated like a pharmacist's balance. Works fulness of the high -end suppressor circuit member hearing for a long time in a regu- with any arm and cartridge. Gold Finish. -though not by any means removing its lar amplifier control. But at this position Net $4.80 (add 23e if shipped from N. Y.) utility altogether. At the same time, the the musical base -if any -is also pretty increasing emphasis on good bass response much removed even in the loudest passages. in home systems, extending right down to You pick you own degree of dynamic filter- FREE TRONICPHONOFACTS" the lowest- priced speaker cabinets, made ing to suit your ear and the situation -of- at your dealer's, or write the problem of extraneous bass noise more the- moment, ad lib. us. serious as that of extraneous high -end Now don't think this gadget is merely sound became less important. A shift from for severe rumbles from obsolete turntables high to low. and the like. With a genuine, low-bass AURAS COMPANY The Noise Suppressor has shifted too. speaker system even the finest tables and /or the finest records bring through a certain 500 Fifth Ave., dept. A, New York 36 amount of low -pitched noise, sometimes so Fine audio -electronic apparatus ores 30 years 780 Greenwich St., New York 14, N. Y. low that it simply shakes the room without

62 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com producing much pitch. A rather unpleasant discovery, this, when you try your first really low bass reproducer. At a fair dis- by choose between tance-in another room, around a corner, at the far side of your listening area -you changer and may not be disturbed by it. Rumble doesn't a record carry far. But at close range it can be most annoying. And especially in music that al- a record player...when you lows it to come through- music, paradoxi- cally, that does not have much bass, or musical passages where the bass is tem- can have the convenience porarily missing, or passages at a low level (as in many slow movements), where the music, even with bass included, may not be BOTH in One instrument! loud enough to disguise the rumble. of And so the H. H. Scott rumble filter, adding the advantage of dynamic opera tion -letting through maximum musical bass where it exists -is rapidly becoming most important in my listening equipment M IRRCORD now that I'm definitely in the big -bass area. Indeed, I've been using it for all sorts of recorded music. For instance- 1. Most orchestral music is benefited, rz Xa1o0 cept that which has unusually loud and to with PUSHBUTTON CONTROL bass without much recorded rumble. In few such cases I prefer to hear the whole and the MAGIC WAND SPINDLE bass range. But in most records the dy namic principle opens the electronic bass! "gates" wide enough to let through all I need; and in- between, the reduced rumbl is a musical asset that adds realism. its. rnauual 2. Many kinds of music without bass are very greatly benefited. What-no bass? Certainly. How about a guitar, or guitar - folk- singer combo, (Remember that the male voice isn't very low, either.) What of z.'t.s automatic a Bach sonata for violin unaccompanied - -ea mr or the same by Bartok11 Those two types were vastly improved when the maximum bass removal on the Scott was used. Vel- J vety silence in the background, and all the music reproduced, to perfection. 3. Recordings of the spoken word are greatly improved when the bass rumble departs. There is no low bass at all in this type of recorded sound, unless in musical interludes and backgrounds. Recorded poetry and drama are particularly aided. You have no idea how much more satisfac- tory such records are in the playing when the maximum bass removal is used. Piano recordings respond especially well to the Scott rumble filtration. I assume that the sudden percussive peaks of piano tone open up the dynamic controls quickly and widely to let full bass through even when the control is set to remove a large part of 2 Instruments in One: the low -range rumble and hum. Orchestral bass is less sudden and less sure in its 1. Pushbutton Automatic Record Changer action. Paradoxically, records that are thin in 2. Pushbutton Manual Record Player the bass can be boosted via the regular bass tone control -then the low- bottom rumble . for your complete enjoyment of All records! can be cut out with the dynamic filter. No wonder the Miracord XA -100 is called The Perfect 3-Speed Record Without the filter the boosted rumble would Magic be too much to bear. I tried this with Changer" by engineers and high fidelity enthusiasts! The revolutionary Wand Spindle changes records quietly, allows you to intermix 10" and 12" marked success on a reissue piano record are released where the bass was over-attenuated. I got records at will. No pusher arms or stabilizer plates here -records improved bass fullness without added rum- quietly, without fuss or damage,and the Pausamatic allows you to select pause ble. Good for many older piano recordings time between records ... up to five and one -half minutes. Or if you wish, you that were made with thinnish bass. can repeat the entire record or any portion, at any time. A special Filter con- trol eliminates surface noise from old records. Now insert the Single -play Spindle -your Miracord XA-100 becomes a manual I'll only add a couple of comments to this player. Reverse the spindle and the record will repeat indefinitely. No other elegy on bass removal à la Scott. First, the changer brings you the wondrous Miracord versatility! -end circuit is still avail- treble suppressor Other features: No wow, no rumble Ball bearing suspended turntable and able in the Scott 210 -C (and elsewhere in rubber matted turntable Comes complete in tone arm 4 -Pole motor White the line). It is still moderately useful and plug. removing the residual scratch and hiss in with leads some LP records (though it can 't do much MIRAPHON XM -110 3 -Speed Manual Player also available. but its greatest for loud clicks and pops) Miracord at your dealer Now! Or send for literature Dept. A -11 value is for old shellac 78's. Plenty of them See and hear the still exist and are treasured, and, now that we have lost our once- expert ability to ig- nore their recorded scratch, a gadget that AUDIOGERSH CORPORATION gives us maximum music and minimum hiss 23 PARK PLACE, NEW YORK 7, N. Y. is more useful than ever. EXCLUSIVE DISTRIBUTORS IN THE U.S. FOR RAC RECORD PLAYERS 4. Note that the traditional aural difficulty

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 63

www.americanradiohistory.com with the Scott suppressor at the high end, table. The Collaro changer, English -made, Things I like about the Collaro: (A) Its the sometimes too -noticeable change is a reasonably priced machine competing changer action is constant -speed -always ("swish") in tonal quality as the highs with the standard American brands and it the same rapid change regardless of the are variably let through or cut down, dy- seems to have made a lot of friends here- turntable speed. namically, does not occur at the low end. abouts since it was introduced a few years (B) Here's one changer that retracts its Our ears are relatively insensitive to the back. The current model, RC -54, does all drive wheels automatically when it turns changes in low- frequency response and the the things a modern changer is supposed itself off. I didn't believe it at first, but it's operation of the low -end suppressor circuit to do and it has been operating quite un- true. is very rarely noticeable, in action. That eventfully and well for me since I got it Minor questionings: (A) An oddity on will recommend it to many of us who never into action-the beat recommendation I can the Collaro is a bit annoying-a sudden could quite get used to the high -end dy- give it. Even Hurricanes Connie and Diane double pop from the mechanism as it ad- namic action, no matter how nicely adjusted didn 't stcp it last summer, though after justs itself. Perhaps this noise will be en- and controlled. Diane drenched us it did act a bit dazed gineered out, anon. (B) My Collaro came until the moisture dried out, turned itself in a factory box and I found that not only unmounted, but it had not even a 2. Collaro and Pirouette off a couple of times and got its signals was it slightly mixed. Any respectable changer power cord attached, nor for that matter I've been using two tables, alternatively, would have done the same, and RC -54 was any indication as to where the same was to in the two classic forms of today's hi -fl, back to normal as soon as the weather be soldered. Nor was any pickup cable in the changer and the non -changing turn- settled down. evidence. I had to make up both and prod around the insides until I figured out where they should go, among numerous contact points. Moral: If you buy a changer in bulk, so to speak, be sure to check on its state of readiness and, if you are unapt at making soldered connections (and if you have no loose shielded cable and plug -in tips on hand) hobnob with your dealer until he fixes it up for you. Equipment in factory of cartons usually has power cords and signal jpio/ ilLrhitOgh cables ready -attached -but not always. superior performance!

For power clean amplification, low distortion and abundant SPECIAL NOTE no other amplifier compares with the McIntosh -long the standard of high fidelity excellence. The fundamentally - Edgard Varese's "Deserts,- for precus- different McIntosh circuit delivers amplification within 0.4 sion orchestra and two recorded tape of theoretical perfection! The result: outstanding realism, tracks will be performed in Town Hall, clarity and listening quality. Make the McIntosh listening New York 1113 West 43rd Street) on test at your dealer's. Wednesday, November 30. This is the Distortion: 1/3% Harmonic and 1/2% IM, even at full rated output, from 20 to 20,000 c.p.s. Power: 30 watts work discussed in detail by Edward 60 watts Model MC 60 watts continuous, peak (for -30); Tatnall Canby in the July issue (page continuous, 120 watts peak (for Model MC -60). Fre- quency Response: 20 to 20,000 c.p.s. :' 0.1 db at full 28, as performed last spring in Ben- rated output. Highest efficiency means longer life. nington, Vermont. Mr. Canby will assist Outstanding M. Varése in the preparation of the DISTORTION vs. POWER OUTPUT Performance .Ox New York performance, which will make of the m s I KC use of two separate tape 15 ips players McIntosh rwo..t, C l I in place of the single two -track machine Patented f TYPICAL .e.w.RIAe_ 0% used at Bennington. Tickets are on sale Circuit A0 n 4,POWER30 OUTPUT IN EMS WATTS at the Town Hall box office.

SINGLE FREQUENCY HARMONIC DISTORTION 10%

GuwrtEDil1l MAX. VALUE AT GO WATTS -- 'TYPICAL MEewEEMEME-p0 wAlls 0% f 0 RC CC 100 10 20 SO 100 200 500 1 RC RC S 10 20 RC SO KC CC The "Pirouette" turntable from Presto rEEOUEHCY IN CYCLES l enters the field and continues the trend towards quality turntables designed pri- marily for home hi -fi use. I like the big 3 -speed and on -off switch - Write for complete details on more of a handle than a switch -which has McIntosh amplifiers and free booklet. 33 as the center position with 45 to one side and 78 to the other and neutral posi- tions in between. It is both mechanical and electrical, a development of the type that the Rek -O -Ruts used but without the screw - down knob; this knob slips into place via detents and microswitches. The drive is semi- direct -i.e. only one rubber wheel between motor and rim for each speed; iittinfos wear on the rubber will not affect the speed. LABORATORY, Inc. Three smallish wheels are mounted on one 324 WATER ST., BINGHAMTON, N. Y. moveable plate. MC-60 $19850 Export Div. 25 Warren 5t.. N. Y. 17 Coble: Sirnontrice It wasn't Diane that bothered my Pirou-

64 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com ette. It was simply a lack of oil. Mine had been run at an Audio Fair for X million hours before I got it; I simply put it to work and waited to see what would happen, as usual. No oiling. Eventually it developed a slight waver. What did I dot Played it some more, natch. Just what any dope would do, like the guy whose car begins to knock and wheeze -he just keeps right on driving. When the waver began to turn pianos into guitars I took a look under the turn- table, at last. (A simple thing to do, but, I ask you, how many home owners would daret The gadgeteers -yes. But not Mes- dames and Messieurs the Greater Public!) But there wasn't anything wrong that a bit of oil wouldn't fix-so I squirted about two tablespoonfuls, in typical home manner, all over the insides. (Neoprene rubber wheels, unaffected by oil.) The waver de- parted immediately. But who said a turntable was supposed to run without lubrication I Especially after an Audio Fair. Since I lubricated it, my Pirouette has behaved nicely and one other very minor trouble has disappeared too; at first the shift lever was so stiff that some- s-310 times the stylus jumped a groove when I WHY shifted from neutral into 33. Now it shifts almost as smooth as butter. SYSTEMATIC 3. Control Units -GE and Fisher The biggest trouble with my assorted systems -of- the -moment is likely to be GROWTH? redundancy. Because it is the oni avenoC to true high For instance, I was well provided with fidelity. As your music system grows, you every sort of control -and input, output, must have as your goal more than just per- bypass and what have you-by the previ- fection of frequency response. No matter mentioned Scott 210 -C, but in addi- ously how faithfully you re- create the audio spec- had on hand two separate control tion I of the sound in a point -source units that I wanted to try out. At one point, trum, origin just for kicks, I had them all hooked up in will dissipate the subtleties that preserve tandem. Compensate three times in a row realism and the listening ease of "live" for the RIAA curve and you come out with music - the two essential ingredients of a very odd sound. Actually, this isn't such true high fidelity. a laughing matter. It is very easy for most of us inadvertently to duplicate functions Only the Bozak B -3I0 adds, to precision in that fashion when an extra control unit of frequency response, a broad source of is hooked up to existing facilities. This is sound and wide -angle dispersion. The size, a first warning to heed in all such situa- range and placement of drivers on its 3 x 4 tions. The best engineers can do it. foot panel eliminate every suspicion of GE introduced a simple control box last "port -hole" origin. The clustèr of four non -amplifying, GE year, tubeless and the provides a robust. enveloping bass Record Filter, Al -901 that does an excellent B- 199A's and surprisingly thorough job in its proper foundation; the B -209 above them is posi- place, between a GE cartridge and the in- tioned to retain the spaciousness of sym- put to a preamplifier. It provides equaliza- phonic sound without loss of the directional tion curves for the main types of recording quality essential to solos; and above them now in use on one knob. Two other knobs all the B -200XA adds 180° coverage for a give you several positions each of bass and velvet -smooth treble that is completely free treble cut -off -making use of the cartridge of harsh or eerie intonations. The realism of itself as of the filtering The part circuit. the B -310 has won a reputation as the whole is enclosed in a neat brown plastic B-304 A in the re- box. supreme accomplishment to date The use of the cartridge as a part of the production of sound. circuit is an excellent economy and was so intended by GE. But this accounts for the If you cannot start with a B -310. you can fact, perhaps not too plainly stated, that grow into it easily and systematically with this control unit is for use only with the the "building- block" Bozaks. Begin with a GE cartridge, any regular model. (Will not B -207A. Then, as space and budget permit, work with the GE chrome-plate professional progress to the unrivalled realism of the models, but these are rare in home installa- B -310 - enjoying at every step of the way, tions.) If you hook it up to a different dollar for dollar, cartridge you'll get equalization and all the rest -but the curves will be utterly zany. THE VERY BEST IN SOUND Unless your other cartridge just happens to be identical with the GE itself, a cir- cumstance that would seem to be rather un- likely. The unit, duly hooked in with a GE, worked fine for me and the curves seemed to be equivalent, by ear, to those available BOZAK on the much more expensive Scott ampli- MAIL ADDRESS: P.O. BOX 966 DARIEN, CONN. fier-they should be, of course, so the little box did what it was supposed to do. Only Export Office: Electronics Manufacturers' Export Co., Hicksville, N.Y. one thing bothered me and is likely to con-

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 65

www.americanradiohistory.com fuse others than me, I suspect. What about ing and gratifying diversity of hi -fi bass equalizations thought. If, for instance, you use this unit with The 80 -C has several aspects worth point- one of the old GE separate preamplifiers, ing out aside from its good looks and excel- you'll have your bass equalization already lent panel arrangement, about the easiest present in the older unit, the preamplifier. to read and operate I've ever seen. First, The new gadget takes care of the high end, the specs on performance are breathtaking, variably, according to the upper half of the the over-all quality of its electrical opera- accepted curves now in use -RIAA, tion is pretty closely comparable to that of NARTB et al. Good. But keep in mind that a professional broadcast console control this tubeless control does not amplify and board. Other competing units no doubt are does not therefore compensate records in now as good or will be-I point out merely the bass end. That must be done by the that this is the current standard for really preamplifier into which it is fed, and these hi -fi operation of controls in the home. days, it isn't always easy to figure out what Super. All the factors of hum, distortion else that preamplifier may be doing, too. et al so low as to be inaudible and mostly Thus in order to hitch the GE unit to the unmeasurable in the lab. And all this, mind Scott amplifier I used a position on the you, in the middle price range, by no means Scott phono equalization switch marked at the top. So it goes in audio these days. SPEC. That one, if I am right (I always Second, the 80 -C has five separate input leave the instruction booklet somewhere out channels each with its own level -set or of reach) provides bass compensation for volume control and these are all mounted LP records, but leaves the highs flat, un- on the front panel, for mixing ad lib. Each touched, as in the old GE preamplifier. (We one has a green light and each has a push- used to use a fixed loading resistor to bring button. You can mix all five electrically if the highs down to an average roll -off that you want some real cacophony. Better - roughly matched most records.) you can mix any two or three, for more So-if you follow me-the new GE con- practical usage: radio and your speaking trol was being used as intended; it pro- voice, tape input and phono input, and so vided the high equalization, plus the bass on. This would be impossible without the HEAR YOUR FAVORITE and treble cut-off ; Scott provided the bass volume- control -level -set feature. compensation. No duplication. I tried hard to figure a way to mix Well . . put it simply, this way. For five channels at once, but the mere thought those who have older amplifiers or phono- of it was just too much for me. However, TV PROGRAMS graphs without the fixed (RIAA etc.) curves I did try various combinations, and the indicated on them, or who have controls results were as expected -excellent. My in that don't seem to be sufficient, this GE only reservation is mechanical; the elec- HI FI SOUND unit adds definite new flexibility at mini- trical circuits are willin ' but the push- mum expense. But be sure you have a GE buttons aren 't. I haven 't figured a way yet using your existing cartridge and a preamplifier that already to push in all five buttons at once -they HI -FI EQUIPMENT takes care of the recorded bass (they all do pop out again as fast as you push 'em in. except microphone preamplifiers) but not Two is easy, however, and three is easy if the highs -or has a "flat" position in the you have both your thumbs available. I'd Now for the first time you can high end. A large number of existing sys- suggest that future 81 -C 's or 80 -D 's use a enjoy true fidelity TV sound by add- tems have exactly this and can directly more amenable kind of switching, just in benefit from GE's control unit. Most of case somebody really does want to combine ing TUN -ET to your existing HI -FI them, I suspect, are simple , all five input channels. Meanwhile, the system. TUN -ET is inexpensive or revamped phonographs, that now use the present arrangement is really, in all seri- - GE cartridge with preamplifier, yet have ousness, an excellent one, both for those and as easy to install as your booster inadequate controls. who want an accurate and accessible level - or converter. set on every input channel -a necessity in A control unit of a startlingly different my book -and, alternatively, for those who may actually want to do some mixing All you need is your TV set, sort is the new Fisher 80 -C Master Audio Control, which has everything at a very and fading. TUN ET... C{Kd. , . reasonable price for top -quality hi -fi equip- There are newly fancy tape facilities ment. This one is a preamplifier with tubes, here, too, including a bypass tape output and with multiple inputs, outputs, record- and a special tape preamplifier input that ing curves. It has five channels on the front takes signal direct from a tape head and your own panel, each with push- button and volume preamplifies it to the NARTB curve. (I FM tuner control and there are no less than nine don't get that, exactly, since I thought plug -in receptacles (plus two extra power the NARTB tape standards merely speci- outlets) on the back. fled the combined result of recording and In other words, this is one of those "all - playback curves added together, but maybe out" control units with every possible fea- I've missed some new developments.) Also, ture that the designer could think of built 80 -C uses a pair of the double control your own into the most compact and good -looking knobs, one inside the other, that we first amplifier arrangement he can figure out. We've had ran into in TV sets. One of these combines a number of units in this category before- loudness compensation and over-all level - Marantz, H. H. Scott, McIntosh, Brociner, set (master gain) in the proper way for Bogen, EV -and, indeed, most manufac- useful loudness control. The other combines turers in the field have offered them. When bass and treble roll -off and boost tone eon - a profusion of control functions is thus to trols. Neat, economical of space and easy and your be offered, it 'a inevitable that each designer to use. or maker shows his own personality and Finally, the 80 -C has Fisher 's excellent own HI -FI preferences in the choice, arrangement, and dual- toggle -switch equalization system, two speaker even in the all- important labelling of con- vertically -operating levers, bass and treble, trol functions. This is as it should be and clearly marked in five positions each, in- gives an individuality to each of these com- cluding the new tape preamp setting. This plex units that allows for the greatest arrangement seems to me far and away LIST choice on our part, according to our per- the simplest and most immediately prac- PRICERICE 3995. sonality and taste. tical for home record equalization by the Thus I got hold of the Fisher 80 -C, de- average musical person, non -gadgeteer, Ask your dealer ... or write to liberately, because it looked to me as though and it's one good reason for recommending it would match my personality and taste in this relatively complex unit to the timid. control functions. An arbitrary matter, I Generally speaking, I'd say the Fisher admit, and I hasten to recommend that 80 -C is an admirable example of a maxi- 47/6 other unite in the field be studied up too by mum diversity of engineering crammed those who may have different needs. This into a minimum of space with intelligence WEBSTER MASSACHUSETTS is one area where we still have a bewilder- and simplicity.

66 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com 4. Accessories A brief mention is in order of a couple of accessories to good listening that don't need any very extended trial, nor much space to describe their obvious usefulness. Cabinart, the company that has specialized in cabinetry both finished and unfinished, plus assorted kits- speaker enclosures as well as equipment cabinets -is branching into this area. Recently arrived for "test" in my home are two simple record holding cabinets, a one -footer and a two -footer, the smaller one with close -up partitions for single LP records primarily, the larger with wider spaces between partitions, suit- ing it better to the thicker LP albums. There's also a three -footer and, I gather, the wider or narrower slots are a matter of choice; also there are optional modern - ®.1 style iron -legged bases in case you want to stand these units up for good looks. Lacquered birch is the modestly good look- ing finish. These are "modular" pieces, multiple - unit style. You can line up a whole row of them or stack them one above the other greater value ... more variety... to expand your LP library to formidable size. (Now that most LP singles have labelling on the thin outer edge, your rec- ords can go neatly into this sort of con- venient storage space without special iden- BUTLER Speaker Baffles tification.) The cost is reasonable -as Cabinart puts it, $9 a foot, table -top, plus about $9 for each two- or three -foot set Ceiling, wall or corner... there's a Butler Speaker Baffle of matching legs. You can house a big to meet every requirement. A design or styling to batch of loose LPs in each of those $9 feet. I tried one "test" on these units im- fit every architectural plan for best results. mediately: I filled them with records. Very Why not send today for complete literature and prices? neat and unobtrusive, the cabinets having no unpleasant or inconvenient projections or elaborations. B. B. BUTLER MFG. CO., INC. Another slightly more drastic test I 3151 Randolph Street, Bellwood, Illinois deferred -I didn 't stand on them, to see whether they would collapse in a heap. CIRCLE 67A The laminated plywood is strong but not very thick and I would hesitate, on the looks of them, to pile more than two of these units full of records one on top of Fix all types of record changers the other. A couple of feet of LP records carry a huge poundage, as you would know very well if you reviewed them in bulk. But easily, quickly, and expertly! you won't be likely to want to triple -stack unless your collection runs into the thou- go in sands, in which case you'd better for Thin down -to -earth guide tells all about record changers-how they second -hand letter -leger metal file cabinets work, what can go wrong. how to locate the trouble, and how to re- with rolling drawers, as I have. pair it. From showing how to set up your service bench. to describing troubleshooting methods for all makes of changers, you are given Cabinart also offers an accessory called a mine of factual "how -to" information in simple, non -technical the Levelor -" high fidelity on the level". words. Clear sketches and pictures help you easily recognize parts But the five little objects inside the paper when doing actual repairs. envelopes are ingenious enough. They are designed to level your turntable or record Just Published changer base. Four adjustable "legs" - better call them feet or toes- attach to the REPAIRING RECORD CHANGERS bottom of your box and adjust to fit the By E. EUGENE ECKLUND most irregular surface. I haven't tried Head, Spec. Prod. Eng. Section, Instrument Div., Allen B. them yet -they require holes. (I sort of Dupont Laboratories, Inc. A practical guide to hoped they would just stick on with tape or 278 6 x 9, 202 Illustrations, $5.95 all models, including pages, portable phono- something, but common sense says no.) The The nook shows exactly how a record changer works takes graphs, high fidelity best part of the Levelor kit and worth you step by step through the actions of a changing cycle and basic units, and magnetic the whole thing is a bubble level. Not a mechanical movements of changer operation. Types of changers and tape recorders lengthwise level, such as the usual car- records. and auxiliary equipment, are fully described. Mechanical, crystal, magnetic, and spe- penter's model, but the first round, all - cial pickups are discussed, together with SEE THIS BOOK 10 DAYS FREE directional level I happen to have run into. selection and care of needles. -e If you've tried to square off a turntable Operation of motors and motor drives, McGraw -Hill Book Co., att: H. W. Buhrow, plate for levelness with the usual carpen- tripping and record dropping mecha- Industrial ffi Business Hook Dept., nisms. and the pickup arm are explained, 327 {West 41st Street, New York 36. N. Y. 's one -way bubble level you know how ter including discussions of clutches, actuat- Send me F.eklund's REPAIRING RECORD CHANGERS for tricky it is to figure the tilting angle ac- ing, indexing, and shutoff mechanisms. 10 days' rumination on approval. In 10 days I will manual play, curately. It's try and try again. The round etc. remit $5.95 plus few cents for delivery meta. or return Immediately following each explana- hook postpaid. (We pay delivery costa if you remit with level tells you instantly which direction is tion of record changer action, you are uphill, a glance. Excellent! From there this coupon; same return privilege.) at told what is likely to go wrong, and are (Print) on out I generally use paper matchbook shown bow to quickly find the trouble, Name wedges and the like, but the Levelor legs, and successfully repair it. In addition, a separate section on fault Address I hasten to say, are better practice. location and tests covers simple, effective City Zone ... . State The only level problem this kit leaves me troubleshooting methods-for quick on- Company with is a real tough one that maybe the -Job reference. Position Cabinart didn 't think of. What are you Separate chapters treat operation and For price and terms outride U.S. AUD -11 repair of 45 -rpm changers and spindles, write McGraw -Hill Int'L, NYC 36. going to do with a curved motor board - and magnetic tape recorders. r warpedt Maybe I shouldn't even whisper CIRCLE 67B

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 67

www.americanradiohistory.com it, but an awful lot of wooden motor boards ing man 's head and two ears, each spouting curl gently, after a few months of sum- the word 3D. "Twin Hi -Fi Speakers for mer humidity and winter drying. Even the Natural 3D Sound." If this isn't utter best. Then, of course, your level bubble, confusion, I ain't never seen it. quite rightly, gives a different slant at every Item: A medical trade advertisement for Buy PEERLESS point on the board. The answer-take to something called Achromycin Tetracycline, the table itself, rigid metal, for your an antibiotic. The ad goes to Doctors only, leveling. And don't forget to match your of course. It says at the top: "FAR separate pickup base to the same level. WIDER RANGE -the organist of today and you buy It may well be off somewhere on that gentle has at his command the vast tonal and dy- curved board -horizon, tipped at an off - namic resources of the four -manual giant, level angle to the motor itself. undreamed of in the day when the parlor harmonium was a main source of family the BEST! entertainment. (Picture of a huge organ 5. Hi -or Than Ever console) Achromycin Tetracycline repre- sents a comparable advance " etcetc. In this country of ours you can judge the Fine publicity idea, but slightly garbled. current state of any Movement by the ads What kind of "wide range "? Even a that come forth. parlor harmonium -in the original -is A Movement, of course, is an idea that wide- range! And this ad writer probably Insist on Peerless 20 -20 starts quite reasonably and logically, is didn't know about the new back- to -the- condemned good -naturedly by the Many as Seventeenth- Century organ movement that And 20 -20 Plus transformers. a speciality of interest only to the Few- has the organ builders rushing hither and then is suddenly taken up and Catches On; yon the country over, rebuilding the giant whereupon the moguls of publicity hop on four- manual models into authentic Baroque the bandwagon and go about methodically organs, according to the best wide -range making it into a Craze. The Movement ideas of the 1600's. Consistent quality. filially peters out into absurdity and utter Item: An ad that says "His taste is frustration when the publicity plugging changing . how about yours? Picture Uniform response. gets so far -fetched that nobody can figure of a man listening to a "hi -fi" phono- out who 's saying what and the public- graph, table model mounted on fancy mod- at least the Few -look elsewhere for some- ern iron legs. The product? Whiskey. thing new, for the Few alone. Item: Comic strip, "The Saint." Thor- Now you can apply all this, if you will, oughly unpleasant hi -fi bug goes into Smooth roll -off. to that once -reasonable Movement called ecstasies in hi -fi store over highs and lows, High Fidelity. Witness a few of the cur- turns out to be the villian High efficiency. of the story. rent items I've been clipping, just out of (I didn't see how it ended.) Hi -fi on the curiosity. wrack! That comic strip artist really had Item: Toe Zilch (a pseudonym, of a peeve about it, and didn't spare us a course) last summer blasted forth sweet thing. - music over Sheepshead Bay, near New Item: New children's record, music by Low distortion. York, for the edification of yachtsmen and George Kleinsinger (Tubby the Tuba), all fishermen. No dips, no peaks. He announced to the press that about Woofer and Tweeter, the pair who he had improved upon high -fidelity repro- live in your phonograph. They get into duction to the point where his now amounts a fight and Tweeter tries to put on his own to Total Fidelity. He's an electronic engi- hi -fi concert-but nobody likes it. Reconcili- When your amplifier is equipped neer. The Times headed this item TOTAL ation -and there they are, right inside with a Peerless 20-20 Transformer FIDELITY HEARD. Maybe. YOUR phonograph, playing away! Oh -so- Item: Full page ad in color, Sunday gentle indoctrination into the wonders of (20- 20,000 cycles) you can be con- paper, announces huge 1/2 price sale Twin - highs and lows. (Take it from me, when fident of high quality performance. Speaker Hi- Fidelity phonograph, table George Kleinsinger writes a children's model, $39.95. Rigid adherence to stringent speci- for It boasts not only Hi- piece about anything it has ARRIVED.) Fidelity, but 3D. "Stereophonic Sound for That exhausts my "Progress of Hi -Fi" fications and tight quality control Stereophonic 'Hearing." Picture of a beam- file for the moment. are reflected in the outstanding performance of Peerless 20-20 RECORDS transformers - surpassed only by íf,-u, rage ,, the 20-20 PLUS line. "Grand Canyon," though the technique is "Pictures from Sauter- Finegan Land." Plonk, similar. we're right back into old- fashioned film back- When superlative performance is And it's better music. Better tunes, more ground music, unrelieved ! Sometimes I wonder solid, more interesting harmonic progressions whether these boys know what their own desired, the Peerless 20-20 PLUS though not as tcktly colorful as "Canyon." best talents are. Like backwoods folk singers Ali, of course, within the strict conventional who think they ought to sing "Home Sweet is the answer. The 20 -20 PLUS has bounds of this sort of music, at which Home" and "Drink to me Only ". all the famous features of the 20-20 Kostelanetz is expert. Fine hi -fl, especially the bowling scene (Rip Van Winkle), thunder - Gerald Moore: The Unashamed Accom- line PLUS wider frequency range, drums and real pins and balls. panist. Angel 35262 PLUS improved efficiency, PLUS Here is a complete popular lecture, as given Sauter -Finegan: Concert smaller size, PLUS increased power Jazz. on many a lecture platform by one of the RCA Victor LPM 1051. finest piano accompanists alive, the modest rating, PLUS greater value. You can and engaging Gerald Moore. Don't get the RCA's depend on Peerless fabulous Sauter- Finegan combine has wrong idea -this is not highbrow lecture, for the best. been edging out of Jazzpops and towards the though it is concerned mainly with Schubert Write today for the Peerless Catalog big 12 -inch classical label ever since the and Brahms. It's light, playful, even pretty fabulous Liebermann Concerto for Jazz orches- corny, full of anecdotes that are a wee bit tra and symphony orchestra of last year. apologetic and don't always quite come off. This is one new variety of "symphonic" Jazz And it's sort of long and not at all over -or as the label says, concert Jazz. I gather crammed with ideas. Could stand a few more, most of it is written out. The style is ex- even. PEERLESS panded considerably beyond straight popular But what makes magic here is not the Jazzband stuff, with tricky titles, some num- lecture, not the pleasing, easy voice, the bers that scarcely sound even like written-out impromptu atmosphere, but simply the music. Electrical Products Jazz. Through much of it runs the peculiarly Every time this unassuming lecturer touches. cutting, sharp dissonance, the teeth- gritting the piano to play an illustration for you- on -edge quality that is, for better or worse, he becomes a genius, one of the authoritative A DIVISION OF the 1950's, as expressed in big -band Jazz. titans of the keyboard. Another wizard -and, AMC Natural stuff, of course, for hi -fl and this is as he explains things, you can hear how and a hi -fi diller. why, even if you've never heard a Schubert You can have the vocals and the mbre song other than "Ave Maria ". For those who 9356 Santa Monica Blvd., Beverly Hills, Calif. sentimental numbers -I like the tough, taut do know Schubert and know his plano ac- 161 Sixth Avenue, New York 13, New York ones myself. And you can have the musical companiments, the brief examples of Schubert travelogue, with poetic ndrration, called playing here will be revelations.

68 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com BRIGGS CONCERT

(from page 31) PARTRIDGE that tilt. gain and phase in the audio ULe2 range should be similar and that con- should be met. The A p.p. output transformer ditions for stability reproducing full A.F. range first two requirements offer no difficulty with very low distortion. as these are normal characteristics of Each half primary is brought any high -grade amplifier. The stability out to terminals as a separate requirement is more difficult to predict winding and is tapped at but it will always be met when each 43% of the turns. Power rating so watts at 60 c /s. is stable and com- amplifier inherently 14 watts at 3o c/s for less than pletely independent of load conditions. o. 5% harmonic distortion. This is the case with the QUAD design net so that no selection of amplifiers or Price $ 26.30 special testing is required. The system operates as a well regu- lated voltage generator and is unaffected by load. Therefore Mr. Briggs is free to switch in all or any loudspeakers, with and without crossovers and without re- gard to matching. If he connects a single The Partridge Range 15 -ohm loudspeaker (or a complete Specification and prices of the full range, some of three -way 15 -ohm system) he can draw which are illustrated right, and name of your local up to 15 watts output. If he connects distributor, available from: Partridge Transformers Ltd.. two 15 -ohm loudspeakers or systems c/o British Electronic Sales Co. Inc. 23 -03 45th Road, then each will draw up to 15 watts, the Long Island City I, N.Y. power will be doubled and so on up to the maximum of 60 watts. If he exceeds PARTRIDGE TRANSFORMERS LTD. this 60 -watt demand the individual maxi- TOLWORTH SURREY ENGLAND mum wattage on each loudspeaker will CIRCLE 69A fall accordingly. n nn1 n mmmnmm II 111111111111111111111111i1e1n1ip1111111p1n1n1linnmi.yiiiiuiiiiinil 111 i n n 11111111n 111111u111111 m u 11n11111111111111111 nn111111ann1111nnnnn1111nn The system may be likened to the domestic electric light system, the gen- erator supplying the wattage demand of the lamps in circuit up to its maxi- ogy\o mum capacity. When we switch off a light at home we do not have to replace aok it with a dummy load. The apparent source resistance of the ara output is 0.25 ohms. It will he observed therefore that the damping factor will the change with the number of speakers over a range of about four to one. This Reprints of articles which appeared in AUDIO is of course insignificant. A loudspeaker from July 1952 to June 1955. 124 pages of arti- designer is careful to design his unit cles of greatest interest to the serious hobbyist. and enclosure to give a level response with the minimum overshoot consistent The AUDIO ANTHOLOGY and 2nd AUDIO ANTHOLOGY with cabinet size. The resistance element are no longer in print. mechanical system to achieve in the CUT OUT -- MAIL TODAY! ------optimum design is derived from the elec- trical speech -coil resistance on the as- Book Division, Dept. 10 sumption that this is the controlling Radio Magazines, Inc., resistive element. Provided then that the P. O. Box 629, Mineola, N. Y. apparent source resistance of the ampli- Gentlemen: Enclosed is O check O money order for $ . Please send me fiers is small compared to the speech - coil resistance its actual value or sign copies of the 3rd audio anthology (paper cover) @ $2.50 each ( cover) @ each is quite immaterial. copies of the 3rd audio anthology board $3.50 Name (please print) Loudspeakers Address complete Wharfedale three - Four City Zone State speaker corner assemblies and two

enclosures a a11aaaa11a11a a a u 11111uI11111111111 lull Illll llllfr Wharfedale Super 8's in R -J ilu11uun u 11am1111u m nuuu uu nul nlll 11111 uul l muu ll 111111111 uuu 1111111111111111111u111aa 11null llabl mmxu muluuun make up the speaker complement. CIRCLE 698 AUDIO , NOVEMBER, 1955 69

www.americanradiohistory.com The main orchestral items were re- produced on the four corner assemblies. These were spread out across the stage and therefore did not enjoy the effect of corner loading for which they are de- Provost signed. The average air load at low fre- HF25 quencies is thus reduced by a factor of POWER AMPLIFIER four so that the output at low frequen- cies approaches 6 db down. This could well be a subject for criticism. To cor- rect it would entail brick walls or larger cabinets. The latter was rejected since one of the features of the demonstration proctor was that all standard commercial equip - ment was used. Due to the inevitability UNIT HF25A CONTROL of standing waves the discrepancy is REMOTE musically not objectionable. Solos, quartets and small orchestras were reproduced on one or two loud- A top -grade High Fidelity Amplifier and Remote speakers, the aim being to reproduce a Control Unit from the world- famous PYE Research size of sound source in keeping with the Laboratories in Cambridge, England. Smooth, highly size of the original. flexible controls and facilities for record player, tape Minor modifications were made to the recorder, microphone and radio tuner inputs. Fre- corner assemblies. These normally stand quency response substantially flat from 2 to 160,000c.p.s. on the floor. For easy handling, casters Infinite damping factor. Intermodulation distortion were fitted and it was found to be neces- under I% at output of 25 watts. sary to increase the rigidity of the base of the cabinet in order to simulate ll "floor" conditions. EQUIPMENT -MADE IN CAMBRIDGE, ENGLAND Directivity was also modified by tilt- ing some of the high -frequency units to U.S.A. BRITISH RADIO ELECTRONICS approach the desired dispersion for Con- DISTRIBUTORS 1833 JEFFERSON PLACE, N.W. WASHINGTON 6 D.C. cert Hall conditions. CANADA PYE CANADA LTD. AJAX, ONTARIO These modifications do not seriously invalidate the statement that standard CIRCLE 70 commercially available equipment was used since they do not affect the inherent quality of the loudspeakers but merely STATEMENT REQUIRED BY THE ACT OF AUGUST 24, 1912, AS apply it in the best manner to suit the AMENDED BY THE ACTS OF MARCH 3, 1933, AND JULY 2, 1946 prevailing conditions. (Title 39, United States Code, Section 233) SHOWING THE The R -J enclosures are a design com- OWNERSHIP, MANAGEMENT, AND CIRCULATION OF promise for use where there may be space restrictions under home conditions. AUDIO, published Monthly at Lancaster, Pa., for October I, 1955. The demonstration of some items on 1. The names and addresses of the publisher, editor, managing editor, and busi- these small enclosures was interesting in ness managers are: Publisher: Charles G. McProud, 204 Front St., Mineola, N. Y.; showing their capabilities in a large hall. Editor: Charles G. McProud, 204 Front St., Mineola, N. Y.; Managing editor: none; Power Indicator Business manager: Henry A. Schober, 204 Front St., Mineola, N. Y. An ingenious device which contributed 2. The owner is: Radio Magazines, Inc., 204 Front St., Mineola, N. Y.; Henry A. much to the demonstration was due to Schober, 204 Front St., Mineola, N. Y.; Charles G. McProud, 204 Front St., the efforts of Mr. E. M. Price. Mineola, N. Y. This was an indicator visible to the whole audience 3. The known bondholders, mortgagees, and other security holders owning or hold- showing the wattage being consumed by ing 1 per cent or more of total amount of bonds, mortgages, or other securities are: the loudspeakers at any moment. The de- none. vice took the form of a row of neon lamps coupled to tappings on a trans- 4. Paragraphs 2 and 3 include, in cases where the stockholder or security holder former. Each neon lamp was arranged appears upon the books of the company as trustee or in any other fiduciary relation, to strike at a signal level 3 db higher the name of the person or corporation for whom such trustee is acting; also the than its neighbor, thus as the power in- statements in the two paragraphs show the affiant's full knowledge and belief as to creases, more and more neons come the circumstances and conditions under which stockholders and security holders who alight. An adjacent calibrated card do not appear upon the books of the company as trustees, hold stock and securities in clearly indicated the levels. a capacity other than that of a bona fide owner. The neons give an indication of peak voltage and are not a true indicator of (Signed) HENRY A. SCHOBER, Business Manager. watts since this is dependent also on the Sworn to and subscribed before me this 21st day of September, 1955. waveform. They do, however, show at (Seal) ROBERT FALTINGS, Notary Public. any moment the true amplifier size (in State of New York. No. 30.6228950. Qualified in Nassau County. My term expires watts) necessary to produce the sound March 30, 1956. being heard. Assuming that a live group of artists gives full musical satisfaction in a Con-

70 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com cert Hall, it is interesting to convert The acoustics of Carnegie Hall dif- these wattages to that required in an fered from the Festival Hall mainly in average living room to produce the same balance, Carnegie being rather more sound intensity at the ear as heard in alive at low frequencies and rather more the Concert Hall. The results are very absorbent at the high end. This did not small powers indeed. However, the psy- affect the balance settings in any way. chological effects in the two media can- An orchestra would sound different in not adequately be assessed and it is per- the two Halls so that to be natural, rec- s haps as well that each individual can set ord reproduction should show similar his volume as he pleases. changes from Hall to Hall. It follows Most records were played with level that volume and balance settings which IMO bass and treble balance and where any sounded natural in the Festival Hall C adjustment appeared necessary it never should sound equally natural in Car- exceeded 2-3 db. About half the record- negie Hall. This was in fact the case a ings needed some degree of filtering. and virtually identical settings were used That is to say the reproduced bandwidth in both Halls. E was limited to the useful recorded range So much for the equipment. The im- 3 and the slope of attenuation outside this portant question, indeed the only cri- IL bandwidth was adjusted to follow ap- terion, is how it all sounded. Was it proximately the inverse of the distor- possible to listen to it as music without H tion /frequency curve inherent in the being conscious of Hi -Fi or any other C must be others c program. In this way the best possible Fi? The answer left for o quality is obtained from the particular to decide. (For one opinion, see Editor's program source. Report, page 14.)

DESIGN OF BIFLEX LOUDSPEAKERS

(from page 25)

The principles outlined above pro- cps is considerably lower in amplitude vided the foundation for the design and than if the corner walls in a normal construction of experimental speakers. room were used. The response down to Free -field measurements in the acousti- 30 cps as measured in an Altee 606A cal laboratory provided the means for corner cabinet placed in a corner of a evaluating trial designs and testing the typical hard walled room is appreciably effect of variations. The end point in improved as shown by the dotted portion the development is illustrated in the of the curve in Fig. 5. frequency response shown in Fig. 5 The wide- range, smooth, flat charac- which is the measurement made on a teristic, achieved at an efficiency equal 12 -inch speaker employing the double - to that of the top -quality, single -cone compliance cone, a 1.8 pound Alnico V speakers without a penalty of higher magnet and a 3 -inch voice coil. The small manufacturing cost, is considered a sub- irregularity that may be seen in this stantial fulfillment of the objective of curve just below 1,000 cps was a serious the development. The response depicted valley 12 db deep before the resistance may be considered representative of the of the mid -compliance section was raised characteristic obtainable with the Bi- to the optimum values and the exact flex principle. This loudspeaker well detail of this section was perfected. represents the Biflex principle, having Since the response was recorded with- frequency response limits in the order out the benefit of rigid corner walls for of 40 and 15,000 cps when placed in a which the enclosure used in testing was well designed bass reflex corner enclo- designed, the frequency response at 30 sure.

+10

Fig. 5. Frequency J3.0 0 response of a 12- inch Biflex loud- 10 speaker, Altec Model 412A. 20

Mae MN FREOUENC IN CYCLES E PER SECOND CIRCLE 71

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 71

www.americanradiohistory.com the lowdown on high fidelity loudspeakers In 11;49, George Fox, founder of the Quakers, wanted merchants to "speak the truth" in selling their wares, "to let their Yea be yea and their Nay be nay ". HAROLD LAWRENCE: Although Mr. Fox was ahead of us by some 273 years, Racon has been doing the very same thing since 1922. While we have always accentuated our "yeas", we have never de- emphasized our "nays ". An Easy Delivery The Inside Story In presenting these different new loud- speakers, you have our assurance of not hearsal was included as a bonus to pur- only better low frequency response, but chasers of one of the Casale Festiva) higher linearity and efficiency and lower albums. In this session, Isaac Stern per- distortion . . . but to the most critical, still not the equal of third row center. formed the opening movement of Bach 's The reason is simple -lack of perfect linearity. Strict linearity means fidelity, Violin Concerto in A Minor under the true realism and lifelike quality. Strict direction of Casals. In the past five years, linearity (flatness of response) has never Columbia 's tape machines have been achieved In any type of electro- seldom re- mechanical transducer, whether it be a mained idle during rehearsal time at im- loudspeaker, microphone or pickup. And portant sessions. One of the most illuminat- until such time as matter can be divorced from the properties of weight, inertia, ing and entertaining of these sound resonance, friction, stiffness, etc. a com- documents is the rehearsal of The Rake's promise must suffice. Progress under the baton The Racon HI -C (meaning high com- of the composer. pliance) loudspeakers will still meet the Stravinsky 's incisive, sturdy approach is strictest requirements for professional conveyed in no uncertain terms. His con- motion pictures, recording studio and home applications. They employ a new ducting is a model of clarity. When the principal (pat. applied for) of cone sus- rhythmic contour of a certain phrase which results in large motion, oweredlpension resonant frequency and for the eluded one of the principals (who shall re- first time introduces pneumatic damping main nameless here), Stravinsky emitted for a smoother response characteristic. a with finality We' suggest a direct "A -B" test with Bruno Walter "No" the that only a any seemingly similar loudspeaker. You Russian can impart to the word. After a will be pleasantly surprised at not only ONE MORNING early a few repeats and several more interruptions, the better overall performance, but the this spring, hand- significant price savings averaging 10- picked orchestra assembled in Colum- the singer finally broke down. Cutting on model. 35%x, depending bia's 30th Street studio for the first across the ensuing half- apologetic, half - rehearsal session with Bruno Walter of protesting stream of words like a foghorn, MODEL 15 HTX Mozart's Symphony No. 36 in C ( "Linz "). Stravinsky 's voice is heard: "But it is 15" TRI -AXIAL Walter ascended the podium and greeted absolutely contradictory to all logic! " RESPONSE: the musicians: Now, After hearing a radio broadcast ex- 20-20,000 cps "Good morning. of POWER: 25 watts gentlemen, we rehearse...." In the con- cerpts from the Rake rehearsals, some IMP: 8 ohms trol booth, tape reels began to revolve. As listeners were inclined to feel that the re- RES. FREQ.: 24 cps FLUX: 14,500 gang, on several past occasions, David Oppenheim hearsal itself was contradictory to all logic. CROSSOVER: (Columbia Masterworks Director of Artists At least, so it seemed to some non -musi- 2000 and 5000 cp. WEIGHT: 23 1hs. and Repertory) had given instructions to cians, and even to a few musicians not PRICE: $109.50 have the rehearsal recorded. This session, equipped with the score. A full orchestral audiophile net however, was different. From it emerged score is provided with " The Birth of a a unique album entitled, "The Birth of a Performance." This and Walter 's thor- MODEL 15 -ND Performance," which included the entire oughness, patience and cordiality make the 15" DUALCONE rehearsal and the finished performance of musical journey a delightful as well as an RESPONSE: the Mozart symphony. No one in the hall instructive one. It is also an eloquent 20- 14,000 cps CROSSOVER: was aware that the microphone directly in reply to critics of Walter 's " Viennese 5,000 cps front of the maestro was transmitting nonchalance." True enough, this is no WEIGHT: 21 lbs. (other pertaining data every note (missed and struck), as well drillmaster, no perfectionist concerned with as shove) as every word uttered by the genial director precise attacks for their own sake. With PRICE: $79.50 phrases, Walter, the audiophile net who was shaping coaxing accents, evolution of a theme, the ex- and swelling out crescendi. act degree of orchestral "decay," the Rehearsals had been recorded before. The concern for instrumental timbre and, above most famous (or, rather, notorious) were all, for the singing quality of Mozartian MODEL 15 -HW the Toscanini sessions with the N.B.C. melody, are primary objectives. 15" WOOFER Symphony, issued sub rosa. The hoarse, Take the first movement of the Linz. RESPONSE: impatient, pained exclamations; the terri- At the fourth bar of the Adagio 20 -4000 cps introduc- (other pertaining dai fying silence that preceded an emotional tion, bassoons and lower strings play a re- as above) thunderclap; the sarcastic " Vergogna!" peated -note pattern leading into a melting PRICE: $69.50 leveled some poor player ; the to theme audiophile net at appeal taken by violins. Walter interrupts: the saints; and always the admonition: "No I'm not happy. No accents ... one " Cantando, sempre cantando! " -those string, not four." Four bars later, at a Write for free literature. were some of the trademarks of the Tos- f,] chord: "These accents are always a canini rehearsal. The impression arising' little after the note." The subtle smooth- ACOUSTICAL EXCELLENCE from these boot -legged recordings is that ing out of accents in one phrase, and their of a tyrant, and not of the benevolent broadening out in another are two examples variety. Rehearsals were a great strain on of the care and precision with which Walter the orchestra. Highly sensitive to detona- works out his conception of the score. tion, Toscanini 's temperament was a thing Few pangs accompany the birth of this to be respected. performance. There are no tantrums, no The first commercial release of a re- caustic remarks, no baton -rapping, and no IN CANADA: DOMINION SOUND FOUIPMENTS LTD. Branches in all principal cities. foot -stamping. Dissatisfaction is expressed 26 W. Ninth St., New York 11, N. Y. in no more severe terms than : "No, I am

72 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com still not happy." Instead, Walter exhorte Symphony is molded into a reflection of his men to "share" the musical experience Bruno. Walter's special musical thought. with him: "We must try it this way, my The. LP era has given birth to sales friends." "gimmicks" of all kinds: packaging, Last year, the Symphony of the Air (the "complete editions," extra -musical tie -ins former N.B.C. Symphony) gave a con - such as RCA Victor's Romeo and Juliet ductorless concert at Carnegie Hall which collection which brings together "for the the late Olin Downes described as "exciting first time in one package three major and impressive." He hailed the organiza- musical compositions based on the Shake- tion's remarkable unity but went on to speare play" (LM 6028), etc. "The Birth program was of works that say that "The of a Performance" may very well belong had rehearsed and directed with Toscanini to the category of the sales gimmick. But these players. His musicianship and ex- musical values far transcend acting taste in regard to the smallest de- its inherent implications. It has given tail was everywhere in evidence." Although the commercial score it was pointed out that the men worked out us a deeper insight into Mozart's their own interpretations, the results belied and has brought us closer to Bruno Walter. their intentions. These were Toscanini's It is impossible to predict at this point ideas, pure and simple. Even the sound of the success of Columbia's venture. Should the orchestra was his -taut and wiry. This sales figures prove encouraging, more of the may have been the first time an orchestra same may be forthcoming. If so, there are of this stature had attempted a perform- a pair of factors to be taken into considera- ance without a conductor, but it only served tion. First, not all conductora are as phono- to illustrate how essential he is. Like a genic in rehearsal, or as interesting musi- invisible hands pianist, a conductor is recognized by his cally, as is Walter. Second, would the tone, no matter what orchestra he leads. A knowledge that a rehearsal is being taped guide your few minutes under Stokowski, for example, have the same effect on conductors and and Toscanini's N.B.C. Symphony de- players as the TV camera has on Congres- veloped the luscious legato of the Philadel- sional subcommittees, In any event, Co- phia Orchestra. In the sane way, the lumbia is to be congratulated for a stim- pick -up orchestra performing the Lina ulating and rewarding project. HI -FI AUTOMATIC RECORD CHANGER The industrious -invisible hands of Dekamix -creatures of ingenious design -are busily engaged in the many automatic functions so essential to superior record perform- ance and listening pleasure. The Dekamix intermixing record changer is the result of outstanding craftsmanship that is devoted to producing an instrument extremely simple and functional, yet fully automatic.

automatic changing of 12", 10-' and 7 records in one AUDIOCLINIC stack 3 ñ speeds 45, 78 (from page 32) 3 -331/3, MIXED STACK weighted top plate that ob- it indicates that the decoupling capacitor these capacitors are usually electrolytic tains full advantage of air has aged, with a consequent decrease in types, whose values range from approxi- cushion effect -to preserve capacitance. If the amplifier was built by mately 8 µf to approximately 40 µf. De- record surface a an experimenter, and the "motorboating" coupling capacitors for r.f. circuits are accoustically balanced tone has from the start, it probably generally much smaller in value. arm; non -magnetic turntable AIR CUSHION persisted EFFECT means that he used one or more decoupling A defective screen bypass capacitor in a stops automatically after capacitors of too low a value. A simple way pentode circuit can provide another way of last record is played to locate the trouble is to connect a fairly introducing unwanted coupling through the DEKAMIX HAS EVERY FEATURE large capacitor (perhaps 40 µf) in turn power supply. When the screen is not by- OF HIGH PRICED RECORD capacitors. passed sufficiently, an extra stage is effec- across each of the decoupling CHANGERS AT THE AMAZINGLY BALANCED added to the amplifier. In other words TONE ARM Probably one will be found which, when the tively LOW PRICE OF :4495, test capacitor is placed across it, will re- the pentode acts like two stages instead of duce or completely eliminate the trouble. one. The first of these works between the show the old capacitor must control grid and the screen, and the second, -fi? This will that the finest in hi Fig. 2 for aid in lo- acting like a directly -coupled amplifier, you heard be replaced. Refer to Have few dollars more you to the plate. The By spending a amplifier cating these capacitors. Here we have a works from the screen the finest hi-fi vacuum tube. No- first of these stages is obviously not de- can have equipment er typical plate circuit of a and pre -amplifier ten andy from the B + side of the plate coupled. The screen bypass capacitor, C, of England - tice that Rogers you buy: load resistor, Rp, we go through another as shown in Fig. 2, places the screen grid conare before resistor, R,,, the decoupling resistor, to B at a. f. ground potential and still permits plus. RD should be at least 1/5 of R or the necessary d.c. voltage to be present on there will be additional source of " motor - the screen. Values for screen bypass capaci- AT LEADING HI -FI MUSIC CENTERS WRITE TODAY FOR COMPLETE LITERATURE boating." The capacitor, Co, which goes tors range from approximately 1 -sf to ap- from the junction of these two resistors to proximately 8 mfd in audio work. R. f. ERCONA CORPORATION ground, is the decoupling capacitor which screen bypass capacitors run much smaller (Electronic Division) we have been discussing. In audio work in value, depending upon frequency. 551 Fifth Ave.. Dept. Al I. New York, N. Y.

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 73

www.americanradiohistory.com pletely around the sides, ends, and front, in order that the enclosure may rest on Simplify design and THE CW HORN two 1/2 x 1 x 16 in. strips of felt or rub- ber. This provides a measure of isolation (front page ;:(I) calculation which is important in preventing acous- tic feed-back. Phase 4: Lay into maze the the woofer In situations where grill cloth is not practical and tweeter leads stapling them to part needed it is well to tack plastic or glass 10 near the throat edge so that they will ELECTROACOUSTICS -not metal-window screen over its not fall back into the horn. The lead to front to prevent the box from becoming M. RETTINGER the amplifier should be led out through infested by insects. Caution : in design- the center of the back through a hole in ing grill cloth frames avoid encroach- which the The keynote of the book is UTIL- cord fits snugly. ment upon the mouth area of the horn. Phase 5: At this point, the top edges An excellent hardware for making snap - ITY in a practical coverage of the of the pieces assembled on part 4 should on- and -off grill frames is to be found in rapidly developing field of electro- be checked. Their upper edges must lie Johnson 108 -75A banana plugs which acoustics. in a single plane. Irregularities should are available in most electronic supply be smoothed out to insure that when houses. Electroacoustics is presented in part 18 is applied, a continuous air -tight seal The enclosure built of fir plywood and the light of the most recent develop- held together will result. Apply glue generously to the by nails or screws, the heads of which are visible, ments. The modern methods and de- upper edges of these pieces and then needs deco- ration to produce an accepable piece of vices discussed in the book are those fasten the upper side, part 18, into place furniture. Certainly most any builder used at present in radio, sound -film with screws or nails. can develop a satisfactory solution to his recording, and allied arts. Phase 6: Complete the box by fitting specific problem. There are many fab- parts 19, 21, and 22 which together with rics, plastics and wood veneers which Special emphasis is placed on the part 7 form the speaker panel seat. may be used. The box may be laid on its relatively new and promising field Make sure that the seat is flat. Apply side if you wish. Development of a of magnetic recording. the necessary gasket material to assure satisfactory conversion is an interesting an air -tight seal when the speaker panel project. Two such units at opposite ends Many tables and curves show at is fixed in place. of a large equipment cabinet serve as a a glance the required quantities, re- Phase 7: Bolt the speakers to the stereophonic system when connected to ducing calculations to a minimum. speaker panel using gasket material on a two -channel amplifier; when par- The diagrams in the book are useful their rims to assure airtight seals. Con- alleled, they provide a wide "monaural" nect the speakers, sound source. not only for lessening figure work being careful that the cones are properly phased. Fasten the Many have given assistance and en- also but for checking calculations speaker panel into place with screws couragement in experiments with the en- and illustrating relationships. and the enclosure is ready to use. The closure and the preparation of this arti- mechanical design of various loud- cle for publication. I am especially CONTENTS speakers will dictate the design of the grateful to Dr. Wm. M. Rust, Jr., Dr. FOREwoRD. MICROPHONES: Anecdotal speaker panel. It may be necessary to M. R. MacPhail, Mr. Frank Feagin and History of Microphones -General Aspects use thinner plywood for this part (20) Mr. Alex Frosch of Humble Oil & Re- - Types of Microphone - Microphone Technique. LOUDSPEAKERS: Direct -Ra- in order to avoid the possibility of the fining Company; Mr. Carl R. Wisch- diator Loudspeaker- Loudspeaker En- closures- Loudspeaker Cabinets- Corner speaker rims or speaker panel pro- meyer of The Rice Institute; and Mr. Cabinet for Loudspeakers-Horn Loud- jecting past the front L. W. Erath of Southwestern Industrial speakers- Directional Radiation -Damp- edges of the box. mg Loudspeaker- Cabinet Panels- Speaker It is a simple task to mount a pair of Electronics Company, all of Houston, Measurements-Speaker Distortion. Cm- CUITS: Constant -Resistance Crossover 8 -inch speakers with their rims outside Texas. Correspondence concerning this Networks - Impedance- Measuring Net- the panel. When the rims must be "CW Horn" is invited. works-Mixers. MAGNETIC STaucrupxs: General Aspects - Permanent Magnets. mounted on the inside, as is necessary PUBLIC -ADDRESS Svarema: General As- with Jim Lansing speakers, make two List of Materials pects - Outdoor Loudspeaker Output - Power Requirements - Specifications - panel boards exactly the same length 4' x 8' sheet of 3/4 -in. plywood. Testing Public-Address System InsWla- 1/2 lb. of glue IWeidwood or Cascon.itel. tions-The Hollywood Bowl Sound -Rein- and width with thicknesses of 1/4 and 3/4 1 Cross .=6 or #8- 111/2" wood screws or 8d forcement System- Loudspeaker Match- inch. On the thicker one cut two holes finishing nails 11 lb./. ing. VIBRATIONS: Transients- Vibration 1 Box of 1 -in. wire brads. Isolation. ARCHITECTURAL ACOUSTICS: which will be tangent at the center of 1/4 lb. of 4d finishing nails. Dynamic Symmetry - Convex Wood Casket material: 1/16- or 1/5-rubber or cork for Splays for Broadcast and Motion -Picture the panel and have radii equal to the speakers and speaker panel. Sheet 12" 36rn. Studios- Recording Studios-Television radius of the speaker rim. On the thinner = A -D Exterior grade preferred. Studios - Home Acoustics - Sound-Ab- sorptivity Measurements- Acoustic Meas- one cut two holes with 31/2 in. radius List of Parts urement Facilities. MAUNITIC RECOSDINO: Ring -Type Magnetic-Recording and Re- making sure that when the two pieces Bevel: I-17" x 311/2" Back producing Heads-Front Gap -Back Gap are fastened together holes -Alternating -Current Magnetic Erase the in the 2-17" x 17" End Heads Frequency Response Experi- two different panels will be 3-17" x 17" End - - concentric. 4-17" x Side mental Results. APPENDIX: Octaves - 33" Decibels, olume Units. Dbm versus The 1/4 -in. piece mounts the speakers, 5-17" x 4" Fillet 45° -45° 6-17" x 7" Fillet 45 Watts-bbm versus Voltage-Bibliogra - the -in. piece °-45. phy- Index. 8/4 provides an effective seal 7-17" x 5-7/16" on the panel seat. 8-17" x 18-9/16" 9-17" x 81/4" 7-85' 271 pages 1955 $10.00 The enclosure as it has been developed 10-17" X 133/4" 31 °-84 11-17"x21/" 84° was designed to fit into a cavity in an 12-17^ x 111/4" 78° existing radio -phonograph console. It 13-17" x 21/4" Fillet 40 °-44° Order your copy today from 14-17" x 21/2 Fillet 46 °-49 can be used in a console especially de- 15-17" x 19" 16-17" x 31 Fillet 41 °-45 signed for it or to fit into a cavity in the 17-17" x 3 4" Fillet 45 °-48° AUDIO wall of a home. When specifically pro- 18-17"x3 " Side P. 19-17" x 2" 0. Box 629 Mineola, N. Y. viding a cavity for one of the CW Horns 20-17" x 101/4" Speaker Panel 21-83/4"x11/4" Panel End Support allow a space of 1/2 in. or more com- 22-83/4" x ' - Panel End Support

74 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com CATHODE CAPACITOR II kL01°"eÿIlllsaaD>!I Now...easier (from page 23) II 1111 1i GCCLRIIIII a. I I I more versatile III I 111IIIIII11111MI Aavarr II; -. - GGIzrEsiMilniIII11= 100 ROO e00 LOCO t,ODO epoD npoo" SaDDO operation for... rREDOENCY OF 1. IN CYCLES

1 a --. Fig. 10. Effect of capacitor on CCIF inter - BL THORN CD -43 modulation measurements when differ- ence frequency is varied. The three pairs THE ONO' HI -FI CHANGER of curves are plotted to different base lines.) Ill A I ence in the output wave shape as the capacitor was added or removed at fre- A.BE ! ERM$' quencies from 20 to 20,000 cps. At low frequencies there was a noticeable round- Fig. 8. Graphic representation of possible ing of the trailing edges as the unbalance maximum voltage resulting from mixing exceeded 10 ma. (See Fig. 11) These re- two signals of slightly different fre- sults were obtained with any of the three quency and of the same amplitude, as in types of output tubes. the CCIF method. From the foregoing experiments at SIMPUFIED least one curious result stands out : In a SPEED CONTROL vacuum -tube voltmeter. In accordance Class A amplifier the use of a bypass Dial -selection of across the output cathode gen- with the above, maximum power level is capacitor any o- three speeds erally reduces the intermodulation dis- equivalent to an output voltage reading plus a fine -Tuning of about 9.3 volts on these curves. tortion, although it may either decrease knob to permit exact The curves of Fig. 9 were obtained by or increase the harmonic distortion. maintaining the indicated input frequen- The decision as to whether or not to pitch adjustllents on cies constant, varying the input voltage use such a capacitor depends mainly above and below all the magnitude of the distortion. If it is up to overload and above, and measuring standi:rd speeds. the first -order difference frequency. The very small, then it may be safely left off, tubes used were 1614's and the difference with no possible audible difference. If it frequency was 400 cps. Notice that al- is only moderately low, then the use of though the difference in distortion is a bypass capacitor is advisable. slight, it is almost always lower when All of the foregoing applies to a Class the cathode resistor is bypassed. The A amplifier only. In the case of a Class same results were obtained with 5881's AB amplifier the bypass capacitor is ab- and KT -66's. solutely necessary if the amplifier is to perform within the modern limits of The curves of Fig. 10 were obtained CONTROL FOR by keeping the input voltages constant high fidelity performance. and varying the input frequencies. This MANUAL OPERATIDN was done for three difference- frequen- Allows you to cis - cies, providing a considerable amount of engage the automatic range overlap as shown. The tubes used trip mechanism were KT -66's. Again it is seen that the enjoy flexible capacitor effects a slight but definite im- to provement. (Note that each difference operation. CURRENTS frequency has separate distortion ordi- BALANCED nates in Fig. 10). d rect -drive moor As a final cheek the amplifier square - Plus an improved with separate gear for each speed wave response was observed for different constarcy With un- ...for absolute speed amounts of current unbalance. and silence. balanced currents up to 10 ma in either direction there was no discernible differ-

UNBALANCED- DIRECTION "A'

1 1 1 - -ne OIILY ze 116 MO

r eA

ó-0E // See Your peeler or ... for more about new UNBALANCED - DIRECTION "B, improved Thorens Record Changers, o write: s A A IO e T lo it Players and "urntables VOLTMETER READING VOLTMETER READING ISONM LOAD. 1, SAC IS OHM LOAD, .iOAC

Fig. 11. Effect of current unbalance on Mum emes SKIS NiiiComponent, Fig. 9. Effect of capacitor on CCIF inter - square waves. Note that only the low MADE Spring Poere0 SArvers ' THO LEMers modulation measurements at two differ- frequency is affected, as indicated by NOV YO ent areas of the frequency spectrum. rounding of trailing edge of wave. A11

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 75

www.americanradiohistory.com THE VU METER (from page 38) When mounting the vu meter, careful set up as the standard of comparison. attention must be given to the panel on All were four inch, front illuminated SAVE which it will be placed; for these instru- units and virtually identical in outward ments are affected by mounting in steel appearance, but from mere observation panels due to the heavy flux necessary of their action, differences in operation 25% to the proper functioning of the meter. were apparent. VU meters are normally supplied for Meter A was so similar to the 862 that mounting on non -ferrous materials, but its substantially lower cost made it the are available on special request for use most appealing buy. Meter B would on steel panels provided that the thick- bounce its pointer off the pin when the This is our ness of the panel is specified in the order. voltage, either program or signal gen- erator, was removed. Meter C, employing GROUP SUBSCRIPTION PLAN Use on 150 -ohm Lines a vacuum- tube -voltmeter type of circuit, Now you, friends had very your and co- workers Use of the 150 -ohm audio transmission a slow attack and an extra can save $1.00 on each subscription quick return when voltage was removed. to AUDIO. If you line is becoming more and more wide- send 6 or more sub- While these comparisons cannot be re- scriptions for the U.S., Possessions and spread, especially in television and fre- garded as conclusive or even Canada, they will cost each subscriber quency- modulation systems. To adapt completely each, I/4 less valid, do $3.00 than the regular the meter for use in this application, it they tend to prove that dif- one year subscription price. Present ferences are easily noticeable, and is only necessary to add a matching that subscriptions may be renewed or ex- such differences exist even in manufac- tended as part of a group. Remittance transformer similar to the General Radio ture. to accompany orders. Company type 941A. This unit has a Whether the present vu meter will turns ratio of 1: 2 and a resultant gain continue as the of 6 decibels. standard of the industry AUDIO is still the only publication remains to be seen; while has The primary of the transformer has but it this position, it is obvious only devoted entirely to an impedance of 1875 ohms, obtained that through by proper and uniform Audio multiplying the 150 -ohm line impedance construction and usage Broadcasting equipment by the usual 12.5. Consequently, the can we ever expect to achieve any semblance of accuracy and in .. Accustics secondary has an impedance of 3750 reliability e. volume level monitoring. home music systems ohms, but is loaded with 7500 ohms a Recording (3600 -ohm resistor plus 3900 -ohm pad) w PA systems which is twice its Y Record Revues impedance. This serves to double the effective impedance of the (Please print, primary which reduces the signal to the bridging system by fifty per cent. How- HI -FI STANDARDS Name ever, the 6 db gain of the transformer Address doubles the level and the perfect balance Ìrun, yuJr ii) of impedances and levels is maintained. EJ New El Renewal All this is shown in Fig. 6, which ill ear -shattering. The writer has yet to also shows a fixed which may Name pad be in- experience at a live concert, even during serted in the line. This pad is necessary fortissimo passages, Address ...... an assault on his due to the power limitations in the trans- ears that compares to hi -fi assaults he former and is designed to be switched has weathered. It is interesting D New [ Renewal to note in at the 16 -vu point wherein it provides that certain hi -fi demonstrations preclude Name 12 db of attenuation. The variable at- intelligible conversation which is not Address tenuator should be so designed that it shouted, while whispered conversations starts again with minimum attenuation in a concert hall are liable to prove ex- New Renewal at this point; that is, since the pad pro- tremely distracting and annoying to one's vides the required 12 -db loss, the at- neighbors. It is the sound intensity level Name tenuator should give zero loss at this at the ear, not the power of the orchestra, Address point and then work on up as before. that we are trying to reproduce for Consequently, the construction of the musical results. New Renewal variable attenuator switch will be the Any sound component not present in same as in Table 1 through the 15 -vu the original program material, other than Name point; after this the attenuation repeats distortion products, is referred to as Address from zero all over again. noise, even though it may be periodic Although the 4 -in. front -illuminated and not conform to our strictly scientific I] New Renewal vu meter is particularly popular, there definition. Hum, rumble, surface scratch, are no standards Name pertaining to the me- tube hiss or other circuit noise and sim- ter's size, Address shape and method of illumina- ilar disturbances tend to destroy the tion. Meters have been made in sizes of auditory illusion and must be kept to a from two to seven inches, D New E Renewal round and minimum. rectangular, rear illuminated, front A standard for satisfactorily low noise U. S . Possessions. and Canada only illuminated, and non -illuminated. has been established by the FCC for FM The author has had RADIO MAGAZINES, the opportunity of broadcast stations. It is that the power INC. comparing three other meters with a ratio of the maximum signal to the noise P. 0. Box 629, Mineola, N. Y. type 30 Weston model 862, which was must always be at least 60 db; this rep- arbitrarily (hut with some justification) resents a ratio of one million to one.

76 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com the intensity corresponding with the loudness contours at the low frequency FLETCHER-MUNSON end, and which only occupy an intensity (from page 29) range of 30 db. We need something like 40 db of compression, which will be gradually effective as frequency becomes it sound like the same 70 db of dynamic lower. range available in the mid -frequencies. This should not be difficult to achieve, In the statements just made we have by using a shallow crossover arrangement assumed that a dynamic range of 70 db between the low frequencies, and the in the middle and upper frequencies is medium and high frequencies, passing recorded, while a dynamic range of only the low frequencies through the com- 30 db in the region of 50 cps gets re- pressor, and recombining the signal after corded. But is this true? If the instru- compression. Alternatively the com- ments played are capable of yielding a pressed low frequencies could be fed Hi -Fi Accessories dynamic range of 70 db in the middle directly to an amplifier designed to sup- with Your and upper register, isn't it also probable ply only the LF unit in the loudspeaker that a dynamic range of 70 db may occur system, while the middle and high fre- Tape Recorder at the low frequencies also? If this is the quencies are fed through an amplifier to case, then the lower 40 db or so of the the middle and upper range speakers. original music will get lost and only the Now we run into the question of what Diminuette Speaker System top 30 db of actual dynamic range will signal should provide the control for be heared, variation Popular 2 -way as an apparent in the compressor? The first obvious answer Hi -Fi Speaker loudness corresponding with 70 phons. is to use the low frequencies themselves, System. For This may, of course, be natural, but it taking a control signal from the output wide -range tape is not necessarily what we feel we would of the compressor, following normal com- playback. Ultra like to hear. If the string bass is play- pressor practice. But here another ques- compact. Uses 2 Royal 6 inch speakers, 32KTR Super tweeter ing, we feel that we should hear it, even tion arises: will the control taken from and hi -pass filter. Response: 50 to 16,- if it happens to be played quietly. But the low frequencies themselves compress 000 cycles. Size: 234" W x 11'2" H x sometimes, in a live performance, low the range into the correct part of the 12" D. ln Korina Blonde or Mahogany frequencies may be inaudible because available dynamic range to correspond Ni inch veneers. $49.50 their energy level is too low. So, even in with the dynamic intensity of the moment NET this circumstance, it would be advantage- in the middle and upper register? Maybe ous to raise the level of the lower section some coupling should be made to the High -Fidelity Headphones of low- frequency dynamic range so as amplifier section handling the middle Ideal for monitoring

to bring all recorded material at this end and upper register, so that the low -fre- tope recordings . . . of the spectrum into the range of audi- quency gain could be controlled in some assure professional re- bility. measure by the signal level at the middle sults. Perfect for every hi -fi listening This suggests that what is needed is a and high frequencies? applica- tion . use with the compressor that will operate only at the It is obviously not desirable for the Permofiux Maestro. (See below.) Im- low frequencies -or rather will operate low -frequency level to be controlled en- pedance: 8 ohms. (Plug-in transformers progressively toward the low frequencies tirely by the signal level of the middle for other impedances available.) -while not compressing the middle and and upper registers, because in this ar- Model HD-1. NET $29.85QQ upper frequencies. Electronically this rangement the absence of middles and Deltaic Model DHS -28B. 24 OHMS is not a very difficult problem. And it highs altogether-such as would occur NET $40.00 will be quite easy to work out a circuit when bass instruments were playing a that will do this automatically. solo -would result in considerable over - What seems to be required is a com- amplification of these bass instruments. Maestro Speaker- Headset pressor that will increase amplification It would seem preferable that the Control Box at the low frequencies of the low signal principal control should be derived from For connecting Hi -Fi headphones (or ex- levels so as to compress a dynamic range the low frequencies themselves, so as to tension speaker) to tape recorder or amplifier. With volume control. Distinc- of 70 db of intensity, corresponding with insure that whatever level is recorded at tive styling. Mahogany -finish cabinet; the 70 db in the middle range, up into these frequencies is within the dynamic gold -finish raised front panel. Size: 5" H a 10'4" W x 6s4" D. NET $10 50 50 WATTS from your WILLIAMSON M -53A Telephone Pickup New DYNA CO A -430 For recording both sides of Output transformer and simple circuit telephone conversation on modifications let you raise the power of tape with crisp, clean re- your Williamson-type amplifier to over 50 sponse. Fits any type of watts at less than 1% I M distortion. This super -fidelity output transformer will give phone. Plugs into mike jack you double power and double listening of recorder. Complete with pleasure with very low distortion and un- 6 feet of shielded cable. $ $29.95 equalled transient bandwidth. Its unique Oe50 design uses para -coupled windings, the first NET basic advance in quality transformer design et your Flee- since the introduction of interleaved Ironie parte Permoflux Corporation Distributor or windings. Audio Jobber SEE OUR AD ON PAGE 80 Dept. J, 4902 W. Grand Ave., Write for details of new Dynaco output III. transformers, circuits, and conversion data Chicago 39, for Williamson Amplifiers. Canadian Licensee: Campbell Mfg. Co., Ltd. Export: CBS International, New York, N. Y, PAT. Master St., Phila. 31, Pa. PENDING DYNA COMPANY 5142 4101 San Fernando Rd., Glendale 4. Calif. CIRCLE 77B CIRCLE 77A

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 77

www.americanradiohistory.com range acceptable to the ear according / to the Fletcher -Munson curves, and ap- CLASSIFIED proximately in the correct position in Rates: 10e por word per Insertion for nonsomwwstal ;INSIST ON EMITRON% the dynamic range to represent the ap- advertisements; 251 per word for commercial adaw- parent loudness desired. Then an over- tisement,. Rates are net. and no discounts will be \ . riding control derived from the middle allowed. Copy must be accompan led by remlttanse In and upper registers, serving to modify fall. and must reach the Mew York once by the Crut of the month preceding the date of Issu. KT66 the control derived from the low fre- <>. quencies themselves, might conceivably THE AUDIO EXCHANGE has the largest \ improve the over -all result. selection of new and fully guaranteed used \ - i Some readers by now will be thinking quest. Audio Exchange, Dept Hill- de Ave.. Jamaica 32, N. OL 8-0445. this sounds like a wonderful idea : why AUDIO EXCHANGE EXCHANGES AUDIO didn't he go ahead and try it out, and 6- Element Broad -Band FM antenna. All seamless aluminum, $10.95 ppd. Wholesale then give us a full report of the benefit Supply Co., Lunenburg 10, Mass. of this wonderful system? Because the 25-50% DISCOUNT. Factory -fresh guar- is anteed LP records, 69e and up ; send 20t for writer aware that there are limita- catalogue. SOUTHWEST RECORD SALES, tions to the possibilities of this idea. And Dept. A, 1108 Wlnbern, Houston, Texas. HIGH FIDELITY SPEAKERS REPAIRED so he wants to call attention to the possi- Amprite Speaker Service, ble limitations at the outset, in the hope 70 Vesey St., New York 7, N. Y. BA 7 -2580 of avoiding repetition the VARITYPING Composition, DSJ, IBM, of kind of pasteup, ruled forms. advertising layout and thing that has happened with previous technical matter in English and foreign lan- guages. Catherine Rein, 874 Broadway at 18th innovations. St.. New York. GRamercy 7 -5720. When a new idea comes along with TAPE RECORDERS, Professional quality. Transport, $175 heads, $75 ; amplifier, $150. certain possibilities, it seems that many Write for specifications. E. J. Lecher, 2730 people want to exploit it to their own ad- Heatherway. Ann Arbor, Mich. vantage (naturally), and in doing so Splices In a wink ! NO SCISSORS ! NO RAZOR BLADES ! with GIBSON GIRL TAPE they publicize it as the panacea the world SPLICERS. Diagonal -cuts tape ends and trims splice edges with the "Gibson Girl" shape. _. has been waiting for. It could well be Model TS-4, $8.50 list. Model TS -4 Deluxe, $11.50 list. At your dealer or write : ROBINS that an article written on this present INDUSTRIES CORP., Dept. AU, 41 -08 Bell WORLD FAMOUS QUALITY aspect of "normalized lows" or whatever Blvd., Bayside 61. N. Y. FOR SALE : Altec M -11 microphone system Hi -Fi AUDIO Tubes you wish to call it, would set off a new (21 -B). Perfect condition. 50 ft. interconnect- trend which again may be hailed by ing cable. $150. W. G. Phillips, 25 Palmer's At All Leading Hi -Fi Dealers \ Lane, Wallingford, Pa. some as promising to provide the ulti- Write for Complete Information Goodmans AXIOM 22 speaker mounted in mate in reproduction. The writer wants Karlson 12 -in. enclosure. Never used. Cost KINGDOM PRODUCTS, Ltd. $173, sell for $130. Will sell separately if de- to avoid providing basis for such un- sired. Pilot AA -903 amplifier, used few hours, 23 Pork Place, New York 7, N. Y. WOrth 44515 founded claims by presenting the other 45. A. Ho.lzel, 1940 Great Neck Rd., Copiague, .. I .. N. Y side of the question which relates to FOR SALE : Business- manufacturing-as- problems in realism in the sembling high- fidelity console sets, speaker en- obtaining closures, using COMPARE ON A standard components. Good op- SQUARE transition from one characteristic to portunity. $3500, mostly for inventory. Box another. This is the familiar problem of CV -1, AUDIO. WESTERN ELECTRIC D -SPEC LATHE the superior transient time constants for handling transients and DAVIS DRIVE with microscope, less cut- and steady tones with equal ter. Can be sold with no royalty requirement. response of accuracy. Wire or write R. McBride, P. O. Box 596, Del Jim Lansing Signature It is true that the problems in design- Mar. Calif. FOR SALE : Presto 6-N with 1 -C cutter. extended range speakers ing a compressor are not so pronounced Very reasonable. E Sachs, 29 Chestnut St., as they are in designing an expander. In Rockville Centre. N. Y. effect can be Selling out thirty-watt high- fidelity Western an expander the that caused Electric type amplifiers. $80. Summit Elec- by a transient is that it doesn't immedi- tronics. 7 Industrial Place, Summit, N. J. ately go to its full dynamic level, but Electric Guitars amplifiers, parts, whole- sale. Free catalog. Garvin A -287, Covina, Calif. A combination of tight electrical and rigid starts by going only half way up, and PORTABLE mechanical DUAL -SPEAKER Unit with coupling account for the ex- then jerkily proceeds the rest of the Bell amplifier, one University and one G.E. ceptional transient response of Jim Lansing speaker, in traveling case, $60. Burton Bigelow Signature units. way. This is inherently much more notice- OrganY. ization, 274 Madison Ave., New York 16, N. Tight electrical coupling results from high able than a transient reproduced through FOR SALE : Two Ampex 350 recorders : one flux density and close voice coil tolerances. a compressor, that may be slightly over- Full -track 7h -15 ips, two-case portable with Rigid mechanical coupling is achieved by Ampex 5938 Monitor Amplifier, $1050 one a emphasized at first, and then fade away use of 4" voice coil with a 4" dural 7h-15 i , rack mount, $850. J. M. Edelman, dust dome attached directly to It. Thus, a little more rapidly than it should. M. D.. 333 Laurel St., Baton Rouge, La. Phone cone area between coil and suspension Is 2 -6801. kept relatively small; compliance between But there are bound to be some prob- RECORDING STUDIO CLEARANCE: In- coil and dome is eliminated. lems in selecting suitable time constants formation and prices sent upon request. Reco- Art Sound Recording Company, 1305 Market Structurally, when a 4" voice coil and for the control circuits so that all kinds St., Philadelphia 7. Pa. dome are used with a curvilinear cone, of program material will be satisfactorily FOR SALE : HEWLETT -PACKARD AUDIO a shallow piston assembly Is made pos. OSCILLATOR, Model 200C. Like new in sible. This shallow form factor permits a handled by it. Some work is also neces- original carton. $100. J. M. Edelman, M. D., 333 Laurel, better distribution of highs than would a sary in arranging the combination con- Baton Rouge, La. deep cone. trols to take care of the different kinds GOOD BUYS : Livingston binaural arm, new, never used, $28 ; speakers, like new - of program material so as to provide W.E. (Altec) 755A, $21 ; Altec 400B, $16; Altec 600. $26. P. J. Reifsehneider, 153 what sounds a pleasant balance of low Rambling Way, Springfield, Pa. and high frequencies for all kinds of FABULOUS B -J arm, perfect tracking. Ac- Remember, only Jim Lansing Signature commodates standard plug-in shell. Brand Speakers are made with 4" volte coils. program material. new, factory sealed, $15. Fisher TORT tuner, slightly used, excellent condition $140. Nor- James B. Lansing Sound, Inc. KLIPSCHORN for sale. Owner Interested in man Tetenman, 2350 E. 27th St., Brooklyn 29, manufacturers of precision tronadscere local contact only (vit. of Newton Mass.) and N. Y. would prefer to offer without B.F. driver. Fletcher ALAGNECORD PTO -AH mechanism PT6 -JA 2439 Drive, $205. Phone LAselle 7 -0820 eves. after 6 :00. amplifier, carrying cases, new condition, used Los Angeles 39, California TRADE McINTOSH 50W -2 amplifier with about 40 hours, instructions, $350. Electra- 5881's C -108 preamp for high -quality tape re- Voice 635 microphone, $25. UTC LS -55 trans- corder. Kilburn, 4653 Woodlawn, Chicago, former, $10. J. G. Holt, 148 Maple Ave., Great Ill. Barrington, Mass.

78 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com PROFESSIONAL 901-dui> auf neatlie DI RECTORY AUDIO FAIB REFLECTIONS . RAIN . Lee J. Goodman, vice -president TUBELESS of The Radio Craftsmen Division of Pre- CINEMA'S cision Radiation Laboratories, Inc., hud- dling with reps about handling the new TAPE AND FILM Craftsmen line ... Jim Ford, advertising AUDIO manager of Ampex Corporation, giving the lowdown on Ampex's new stereophonic tape phonograph to Dick Owen of The New York Daily News . the Martin Blocks, both Sr. and Jr., America's best - COMPENSATION v e ausser known d.j. and d.j.- to -be, discussing tech- nical problems with well -known CLEAN ERASURE UI MAGNETIC TAPE FILM engineers . rain Bob Stephens, Bob Newcomb, only 14 db Gap Siernlff, Ed Altehnler, and the afore- mentioned J. Ford, ably representing the Pacific Coast among their Eastern and insertion loss! Midwestern hi -fi brethren. Lester Bogen taking pride In the prototype of the new Bogen tape recorder which will be placed on the market within a short time . . . Prod Onnow, American sales representative for the Telefunken TYPE 5505 DEGAUSSER microphone, giving a tape interview for broadcast through the German section of the Voice of America . . more rain . The Model 4201 Program Equal- Bob McPherson of Daystrom Electric Cor- izer has been developed to provide Noise & program erasure. Use the best. poration, Inc., doing a bang-up job of utmost versatility for the compensation Cinema's Bulk-Tank Type Degausser 9205. getting publicity for Heathkit and Crest- of sound recording and broadcast Economically pci-d Buy yours today. wood tape recorders, both Daystrom sub- sidiaries. channels. High and low frequencies Stan White and Eddie Bracken, strictly may be boosted or attenuated while in the interest of experimentation rather the program is in progress with negli- CINEMA ENGINEERING CO. than demonstration, delivering a measured 0IV'310M stays+ (OValTION gible effect on volume levels. It may be I ISO CHESTNUT STREET BURBANK. CALIF 116 -db mean level with 120 -db peaks at a distance of six feet from the largest model switched in or out instantaneously to CIRCLE 79B of the Stan White speaker line -inci- permit compensation at predetermined dentally, the books are correct: being sub- jected to sound of such intensity for as portions of the program. This feature long as three or four minutes really does is especially useful in tape dubbing ea.clt.ru0444 Surce 1944 incite nausea as well as the symptoms of work. mild shock . precipitation . Mindy Bozak, isolated from his commuting as- sociates by floods in Connecticut, giving 1 1 1 HOLLYWOOD ELECTRONICS the old saying, "where there's a will there's a way," a workout with his one - DISTRIeU'ORS OF HI-FI COMPONENTS manpower efforts to dismantle and crate ICLUSIWILY a couple of tons of Bozak speakers -no heavyweight, he, either. Prank McIntosh, designer of the ampli- fier bearing his name, and Niles Peebles, Model 4201, Program Equalizer 7460 Melrose Ave -Los Angeles 46,Calif WEbster 3.8208 feature writer for the New York Herald - Tribune, huddling over a story to appear C RCLE 79C in the business news section of the H -T Daniel R. von Recklinghausen, chief engineer for Hermon Hosmer Scott, Inc., FEATURES: overwhelmed with surprise to discover Equalization and attenuation in accu- that at least, and at last, one hi -fl editor has learned to spell his name correctly rately calibrated 2 db. steps at 40, HIGH -FIDELITY HOUSE - 100, 3000, 4000 and 10,000 cycles. from memory, no less . cats and dogs Most comp ete stock of Audio Les Patti and Mary Ford, Sherman Insertion Loss: Fixed at 14 db. with Fairchild, O. G. and Betty MoPrond, and switch "in" or "out." components in the West the aforementioned Ford J. (related to Impedance: 500/600 ohms. Phone: RYan 1 -8171 Mary only by Ampex), engaged in a pow- wow which, if recorded, would have settled Low Hum Pickup: May be used in mod- 536 S. Fair Oaks, Pasadena 1, Calif. the problems of the audio industry for erately low -level channels. years to come. EDITOR: Who said the audio industry had problems? ME: Sorry, CIRCLE 79D Boss, I guess the symptoms of mild stock ain't quite wore off yet. Blame Stan White and Eddie Bracken Send for Bulletin E for complete data the finest en Hi -Fi Net Price ;195.00 F.O.B. North Hollywood featuring Me-Z*1'c,, GIBSON GIRL TAPE SPLICERS Model 4201 Program Equalizer is al,,. HIGH FIDELITY COMPONENTS available for the custom builder in Ah form with complete wiring instruction,. splices in a wink! Send for Bulletin TB -4. NO SCISSORS. SOUND NO RAZOR SLAMS. C_ C R P O r7 4 T i C ti RIENILT 040,401 nos ,_4 Lem. ,R . «N.. ' Representatives in 820 W. Olympic Blvd LA. 15, Calit. RI 10211 41 Or au 111.4 Principal Cities CIRCLE 79E ROSINS INOUSTRIES CORP. 114.40 41. N Y CIRCLE 79C CANADA High Fidelity Equipment Complete Linee Complete Berries FIDELIVOX Hl -Fi Records Componente HYCOR and Acceleortee- RECORDED TAPES THE L- O- N- G -E -S -T HOUR OF SOOTHING Subsidiary of International N. silo,, r Comp in, &LECTRO-1)O10E CATHEDRAL ORGAN BACKGROUND MUSIC 11423 VANOWEN STREET SOUND SYSTEMS Moderate Cost Mail Order Free Details NORTH HOLLYWOOD 3, CALIF. Idi DUNDAS ST. WEST. TORONTO. CANADA. ELECTROSONIC, 7230 Clinton, Upper Darby 3, Ps. CICRLE 79F CIRCLE 79H CIRCLE 79A

AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955 7S

www.americanradiohistory.com ADVERTISING INDEX DYNACO OUTPUT

Allied Radio Corp. 55 TRANSFORMERS Altec Lansing Corporation 7, 57 (SEE OUR AD ON PAGE 77) 4, Ampex Corporation 5 A great new line of super -fidelity Audak Co. 62 output transformers designed by Audiogersh Corporation 63 David Hafler to provide the finest quality at units u e advanced pulse Tech- Fiddles, trumpets, drums these musical Bard Record Company, Inc. 12 niques for wide bandpass, lowest ... are distortion, and outstanding tran- instruments. They produce sound. And reso- Bell Telephone Laboratories 16 sient response. All units can be op- Bozak, R. T., Sales Co. 65 erated continuously at double the nances are deliberately created to give the sound British Industries Corporation facing p. 1, 3 nominal power rating. timbre and identity. Company 6 Brush Electronics A -410e 10 watts for net Butler, B. B., Mfg. Co., Inc. 67 6V6, 6AQ5, EL -84 j$ 4.95 The loudspeaker, however, is not a musical in- A -420* 25 watts for net KT -66. 807, 5881 $19.95 strument. Its specific function is to reproduce Cab inert 33 80 A -430e 50 watts for not sound. It must in no way add to the sound it Capps G Company, Inc. 6550, 6CA7 /EL -34 $29.95 Cinema Engineering Co. 79 reproduces. It must be free from resonance, and A -440es 100 watts for Advertisements 78 net free from distortion. Classified 6550, 6CA7 /EL -34 $39.95 tapped primaries tertiary v finding for attner screem or cathode, 35 The HARTLEY 215 has no resonance . . . DeJur -Amsco Corporation Inc. These transformers are available and produces no distortion. Duotone Co., 54 nationally through leading parts Dyna Company 77, 80 distributors and audio jobbers. If your dealer cannot supply you, we Laboratory measurements have confirmed this will be pleased to turn your order Electro -Sonic Laboratories, Inc. 71 fact, time and time again. over to our closest stocking dis- Electrosonic 79 tributor or to supply you directly. Voice, Inc. Cover 4 You've never heard it so good. Electro- Write for complete data on Electro -Voice Sound Systems 79 Dynaco Transformers Ercona Corporation 73 Substitute a HARTLEY 21f in any system. Instantly you will hear the difference . . . DYNA COMPANY Goodmans Industries, Ltd. 13 dean bass, smooth highs . . . and a sense of Gray Research and Development Co., Inc 56 5142 Master St., Phila. 31, Pa. realism and presence that will amaze you. only $65 Harman -Kardon, Inc. 41 Hartley Products Co. 80 IRCLE 808 NOTE: Because the Harvey Radio Co., Inc. 59 new Hartley 215 Heath Co. 49 High -Fidelity House 79 has no resonance, a non -resonant baffle Hollywood Electronics 79 Hycor Inc. 79 should be used. The Co., bass - reflex, and other conventional Jensen Manufacturing Company 39 enclosures are Kierulff Sound Corp. 79 tuned resonant sys- Kingdom Products, Ltd. 10, 78 tems. For best re- sults the Hartley Lansing, James B., Sound, Inc. 78 BOFFLE Enclosure Leonard Radio, Inc. 51 is recommended ... available in single, Marantz Company 60 dual, and 4- speaker McIntosh Laboratory, Inc. 64 models. Priced from Minnesota Mining and Mfg. Co. 8, 9 BASS $50.75. Mullard Overseas Ltd. 47 Munston Mfg. Inc. 53 BOOSTED THE NEW f '- National Company, Inc. 11 CRYSTAL MICROPHONE HARTLEY _ 5 Partridge Transformers, Ltd. 69 A revolutionary new mi- Peerless Electrical Products Division 68 crophone which accentu- Permoflux Corporation 77 ates pleasant low voice Pickering G Company, Inc. 15 and instrument tones, corn. At franchised dealers or write to your Pilot Radio Corp. 45 pensates for bass deficien- nearest distributor: Presto Recording Corporation 43 cies of audio equipment, Professional Directory 79 and minimizes 60 cycle Mobile, Ala. Chicago 6, III. Pve Ltd. 70 Southeastern Electronics Newark Electric Co. hum. 508 Stanton Rd. 223 West Madison St. Racon Electric Co., Inc. 72 Acoustically amplifies fre- Ottawa 2, Canada Arlington 2, Va. Rauland -Borg Corporation 2 quencies between 40 and C. Swail Co. Audio J. Services Rek-O -Kut Company Cover 3 150 cps up to 12 db. with 18 Kilbarry Crescent 3131 North 10th St. Robins Industries Corp. 79 fingertip frequency con- Cleveland, Ohio trol. Patent Pending. Enger High Fidelity Music Systems Scott, H. H., Inc., 11931 Carlton Rd. 37 Shure Brothers, Inc. 1

Tannoy (Canada) Limited 61 HARTLEY PRODUCTS CO. Tapetone, Incorporated 66 IMO 521 EAST 162nd STREET Thorens 75 our dealer or write: NEW YORK 51, N. Y. 'Ps & COMPANY, INC. University Loudspeakers, Inc. .... Cover 2 LUdlow 5 -4239 Valley Stream, N. Y. CIRCLE 80A CIRCLE 80C

80 AUDIO NOVEMBER, 1955

www.americanradiohistory.com SIMPLE AS Ñ

To make it just as easy as possible for AUDIO's readers to subscribe, order books, get o further information about the new products and the new literature mentioned in the pages Z of the magazine, or to get catalog sheets and brochures describing articles advertised, we No provide herewith three cards. We know that many readers are loath to cut coupons from W the pages of their favorite magazine because they have told us so. And we know that many something he sees in these _r. times one would like to have complete and thorough data about J pages, yet he considers it too much trouble to hunt up paper and envelope -not to mention the stamp -and write a long letter detailing what he wants to know. This is just as simple as we know how to make it with the exception of stenciling each subscriber's name and address on each of the postcards -an operation which would be highly impractical from the printing standpoint. But from now on, when you want more information about something you have seen advertised or mentioned in AUDIO you need only indicate it on the appropriate card, print your name and address, and drop it in the nearest postbox. We pay the postage, and it goes without saying that we wouldn't include these cards if we didn't welcome your use of them. And, for the first time, you can enter your subscription without sending a penny with your order -we'll bill you later. For books, we'll have to ask for the money in advance, but only for books.

Postage No Postage Stamp 1Cir- Will bePaid Readers have told us that they often want to Necessary items know more about some of the men- by If Marled in the tioned in the New Products and New Litera- Addressee United States ture pages of the magazine, but that they do not want to take the time and effort to write to each one of the sources individually to get all the information they need. As a matter of fact, in an average issue there are usually ten items in the New Literature BUSINESS REPLY ENVELOPE First Class Permit No. 142, Mineola, N. Y. column, and between ten and fifteen on the New Products pages. It is conceivable that the average reader might want infor- mation on at least ten of these items, since they are selected with the interests of most of AUDIO AUDIO's readers in mind. Thus one would have to have ten envelopes, ten sheets of paper, and ten three -cent stamps, together P. 0. Box 629 with the need for writing the ten letters and inscribing each with name and address. Mineola, N. Y. We do it all for you, assuming that you are willing to circle the items about which more information is desired and to write your name and address once. We will forward your inquiries to the organization involved, and you will receive the data you want with only No one inquiry. Isn't that as simple as A B C? Postage Postage Stamp Will bePaid Necessary by If Mailed in the Addressee United States

In just the same way you can get more in- formation about any product that is advertised in the pages of AUDIO. Note the page on BUSINESS REPLY ENVELOPE which the advertisement appears and circle First Class Permit No. 142, Mineola, N. Y. it on the back side of this card. When there are two or more ads on the some page, the page number is followed by a letter, and the designation appears under each individual advertisement. Write your name and address AUDIO clearly -someone has to decipher it -and it is a good idea to mark the card for all the P. 0. Box 629 information you want the first time, for there is only one card in each copy of the maga- Mineola, N. Y. zine. Of course, you could subscribe to two copies.

www.americanradiohistory.com Your next step to

CIRCLOTRON AMPLIFIERS and MUSIC CONTROL CENTERS

Featuring the new, vital PRESENCE CONTROL Model A20CL Music Control Center and 20 -watt Power Amplifier. Features unique, exclusive "Pres- With the thrilling new PRESENCE CONTROL, you take the leader's baton ence" control. Response 20- 20,000 cps. ±1.0 db at rated 20 watts, 40 watts peak. Controls include and conduct the orchestra to suit your own listening pleasure in the Playing Selector, Loudness, Bass, Treble, Volume and Power, Phono -Selector. Power Amplifier utilizes ELECTRO -VOICE MUSIC CONTROL CENTER. Balances vocals to orchestra Circlotron Circuit and Variable Damping Control. Low -boy style. Net, $124.50 and room acoustics for true high fidelity. Just like the network and Model A15CL Music Control Center and 15 -watt recording studios, the PRESENCE CONTROL gives mid -range program Power Amplifier. Similar to Model A2OCL above ex- cept Power Output 15 watts rated, 30 watts peak. equalization never before available in home systems. Low -boy styling is Controls include Power, Bass, Treble, Volume, -Play- ing Selector and Phono -Selector. Net, $99.50 skillfully blended with mocha, satin brown, and brushed brass trim for a Model PCI Music Control Center. Serves as control beautiful appearance that matches blonde or mahogany cabinets. for line amplifiers. Has self -contained, shielded, low -noise power supply. Features exclusive E -V "Presence" control. Other controls include Playing With ELECTRO-VOICE CIRCLOTRON AMPLIFIERS, you come closer than Selector, Loudness, Bass, Treble, Volume, Power and Phono -Selector. Net, $99.50 ever to perfection in high -fidelity reproduction. The famous Circlotron Model PC2 Music Control Center. Serves as control Circuit provides unity coupling between output tubes; eliminates for line amplifiers. Controls include Playing Selec- tor, Bass, Treble, Phono -Selector, Volume and Power. switching transients and removes DC from output transformer. The Self- contained, shielded, low -noise power supply. Net, $67.00 exclusive Variable Damping Control greatly reduces loudspeaker Model A15 Circlotron Amplifier. Power output: 15 low- frequency distortion and voice -coil override. Permits matching watts rated, 30 watts on peak. Response: : .5 db 2C- 50,000 cps. Net, $69.50 amplifier, speaker and enclosure to room...for the closest approach to Model A20 Circlotron Amplifier. Power Output: 20 reality of reproduction. watts rated, 40 watts on peak. Response: ± .5 db 20-60,000 cps. Net, $85.00 Model A30 Circlotron Amplifier. Power Output: 30 See your E -V High Fidelity Distributor or write for Bulletin 222 watts rated, 60 watts on peak. Response: .5 db 20-75,000 cps. Net, $108.00 Model A50 Circlotron Amplifier. Power Output: 50 watts rated, 100 watts on peak. Response: ± .5 db 20-75,000 cps. Net, $169.00 Model A100 Circlotron Amplifier. Power Output: 100 Producers of famous EV High-Fidelity watts rated, 200 watts on peak. Response: ± .5 db Speaker Enclosures and Systems 20-50,000 cps. Net, $261.00 gieemP"L Prices slightly higher west of the Rockies. E L E C T R I , O - V O C E I N C. B U C H A N A N, M I C H I G A N

www.americanradiohistory.com